Repair Manual
F 650 CS
BMW Motorrad
After Sales
Issued by
©
BMW Motorrad
After Sales
UX-VS-2
All rights reserved. Not to be reprinted, translated or duplicated either wholly or in part without prior written
permission.
Errors and omissions excepted; subject to technical amendment.
Printed in Germany 06/01
Introduction
This Repair Manual will help you to perform all the main maintenance and repair work correctly and efficiently. If it is consulted regularly by workshop personnel it will form a useful addition to the theoretical and
practical knowledge acquired at the BMW Training Centre. It is a contribution toward achieving even higher
Service quality.
A new issue of this repair manual will be published if amendments or additions (supplements) are needed.
All information in both text and illustrations refers to motorcycles in standard condition or with genuine
BMW accessories installed, and not to motorcycles which have been modified in any way to depart from
the manufacturer’s specification.
•
The Repair Manual is structured in the logical sequence of the work to be performed: Removal, Disassembling, Repair, Assembly, Installation.
•
The entire contents are divided into individual chapters, corresponding to the Construction Groups.
11 . 10
Chapter
Page number within chapter
If a reference is needed to a different page or chapter, an arrow symbol is shown followed by the chapter
and page numbers, e. g. (a 12.5).
•
Work to be performed during an Inspection is described in Group “00”. The various inspection routines
are numbered I, II, III and IV. This numbering is repeated in the work descriptions which follow, so that
work can take place without interruption.
•
Use of the BMW special tools needed for certain tasks is described in the work instructions.
If the need arises, repair instructions are also issued in the form of Service Information. This information is
of course incorporated into the next issue of the Repair Manual. We also recommend, as an additional
source of information, the Electronic Parts Catalogue (ETK), which contains clear and easy-to-follow illustrations.
If the work described here is restricted to a particular equipment specification, for instance if a specific optional extra (OE) is fitted, this is stated in square brackets at the start of the item concerned, e.g. [Heated
handlebar grips].
Please refer to the following pages as well for a description of other symbols used and how to work with
them.
BMW Motorrad
After Sales
Issued by
BMW Motorrad
After Sales
UX-VS-2
D-80788 München
All rights reserved. Not to be reprinted, translated or duplicated either wholly or in part without prior written
permission.
Errors and omissions excepted; subject to technical amendment.
Produced in Germany
Use
Each chapter starts with the list of contents.
The list of contents is followed by the technical data table.
Key to symbols
In this Repair Manual for the F 650 CS model, the following symbols are used; their meanings are explained
in the table.
Special instructions aimed at improving the work procedures
L Note:
Special information on operating and inspecting the motorcycle as well as maintenance and adjustment
procedures.
e
Attention:
Instructions and precautions specifically intended to prevent damage to the motorcycle. Failure to comply
with them could invalidate the warranty.
d
Warning:
This symbol stands for precautions and measures which are essential in order to protect the rider or other
persons from possibly severe or fatal injury.
Contents
The titles of the tasks described in this chapter............. complete with page numbers
Activities
•
•
Activities
The bullet symbol indicates work steps that are described in greater detail under another headline
–
–
Preceding activities
A line indicates work steps that are described in greater detail under another headline or in another
chapter
The term "remove" means that:
the fastener (e.g. screw) must be backed off completely and removed
or
a component (e.g. injection rail) has to be removed to the extent that components behind it (e.g. throttle
valve rail) are rendered accessible
The term "loosen" or "slacken" means that:
the fastener (e.g. screw) must be backed off, but not removed
X
Tightening torque:
Values are stated if they differ from DIN EN 24 014 or DIN 912 ISO industrial standards.
Job Order No.
Date
Mechanic’s signature
BMW
Annual Service
Mileage
BMW Inspection
every 20,000 km/
12,000 miles
Licence No.
BMW Maintenance
Service every
10,000 km/6,000 miles
Customer
BMW Inspection
at 1,000 km/600 miles
BMW Motorrad
Maintenance schedule
F 650 CS
Read the fault code memory with the BMW MoDiTeC
Change the engine oil [engine only] while at regular operating temperature
and replace the oil filter element
Change the engine oil [engine and oil tank] while at regular operating temperature
and replace the oil filter element
if motorcycle is used only for short journeys or at outside temperatures below 0°C (32°F): every
3 months or at the latest after 3,000 km (1,800 miles)
Clean oil strainer in frame
once only at 10,000 km/6,000 miles
Check the coolant and restore to correct level if necessary
Grease rubber grommets for cover insert
Replace the coolant
*)
every 2 years
Check valve clearances, adjust if necessary
*)
Replace the spark plug
Drain the outlet hose from the air filter box
Replace intake air filter
If motorcycle is operated in very dirty or dusty conditions, clean or replace the intake air filter every
10,000 km (6,000 miles); check every 3,000 km (1,800 miles)
Replace fuel filter
every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
Check clutch play, adjust if necessary
Examine brake pads and discs for wear, replace if necessary
*)
Check front/rear circuit brake fluid
Check for operation of brake system and freedom from leaks; repair/replace if necessary
*)
Renew brake fluid at least once a year
[ABS] Replace the primary front/rear brake master cylinder cup
*)
every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
Replace toothed belt
Check toothed belt and sprocket, replace if necessary
Check belt tension, adjust if necessary
*)
*)
Check battery acid level, add distilled water if necessary
Clean and grease the battery terminals, if necessary
Check steering head bearings and adjust
*)
or replace if necessary
*)
Grease the side stand
Using a torque wrench, check that the screws and nuts of the engine mounts, manifold fastener, the frame threaded fasteners, the rear-frame threaded fasteners, and the eccentric
clamp are tightened to specified torque
Final inspection with road safety and functional check:
– Clutch, gearshift
– Steering
– Front and rear brakes
– Side stand contact switch
– Condition of tyres and wheels, tyre pressures
– Lights and signalling equipment, indicator and warning lights, instruments
– Optional equipment
– Test ride, if necessary
*)
Write up on separate invoice;
UX-VS-2, 07.2001
Not part of standard service procedure
BMW recommends Castrol
BMW Motorrad
Pre-delivery check
F 650 CS
Customer
Licence No.
Job Order No.
Mechanic’s signature
BMW
Pre-delivery check
Check the shipping pallet for damage
Unpack the motorcycle
Inspect motorcycle for damage
Check complete specification delivery:
– tools
– handbooks and documents
– keys
– optional extras
Motorcycle complete
Battery:
– remove
– add battery acid
– charge
– grease the terminal posts
– re-install (mark date)
Check tyre pressure
Fuel the motorcycle
Safety/operating check as final inspection:
– Oil inspection
– Clutch, gearshift
– Steering
– Hand brakes and foot brakes
– Check lights and signalling equipment, warning and indicator lights, instruments, ABS
– Test ride, if necessary
Confirm delivery inspection in “Maintenance Booklet“
Final cleaning
Vehicle delivered on:
UX-VS-2, 07.2001
BMW recommends Castrol
BMW Motorrad
Service data
F 650 CS
Item
Desired value
Units / Specifications
Oil capacities
Litres (Imp. pints/US quarts)
Engine (incl. filter)
0.5 (0.88/0.53)
Specification: see latest
Service Information
Litres (Imp. pints/US quarts)
Engine (incl. filter) and oil tank
Coolant
2.5 (4.4/2.64)
Specification: see latest
Service Information
50%
50%
Water
Anti-freeze
protection to –25 °C
Cooling system
1.3 (2.29/1.37)
Litres (Imp. pints/US quarts)
Reservoir
0.1 (0.18/0.11)
Litres (Imp. pints/US quarts)
Brake Fluid
DOT 4
Valve clearance
Inlet
Exhaust
Spark plugs
Electrode gap
Engine idle speed
measured cold (max. 35 °C/95 °F)
0.03-0.11 (0.0012-0.004)
mm (in)
0.25-0.33 (0.010-0.013)
mm (in)
NGK DR8 EB
0.6...0.7 (0.02...0.03)
mm (in)
1,400
rpm
Clutch cable play
Cable at grip
1.0 - 2.0 (0.004 - 0.008)
Tyre pressure
mm (in)
tyres cold
Solo front/rear
2.2/2.5 (31.91/36.26)
bar (psi)
fully loaded front/rear
2.2/2.5 (31.91/36.26)
bar (psi)
Engine oil drain plug
40
Nm
Oil filter cover
10
Nm
Drain plug, on-frame oil tank
21
Nm
Oil lines to frame
42
Nm
Oil strainer to frame
80
Nm
Water pump drain screw
10
Nm
Vent screw
12
Nm
9
Nm
Cylinder head cover
10
Nm
Spark plugs
20
Nm
Camshaft bearing cap
10
Nm
Chain guide
10
Nm (Loctite 243)
Fuel filter to stowage-compartment frame
9
Nm
Intake air pipe to intake air silencer
9
Nm
41
Nm
Initial tightening 10
21
Nm
Nm
Brake caliper to swinging arm
21
Nm
Struts to swinging arm
41
Nm
100
Nm
25
Back off through
angle of rotation 60
Nm
°
Clamp screw for fork bridge steering head
23
Nm
Engine to frame at rear
50
Nm
Cylinder head to frame
41
Nm
100
Nm
Engine shell to engine
55
Nm
Engine shell to engine, bottom, with bottom truss
55
Nm
Engine shell to bracing tube
24
Nm
Rear frame to main frame
24
Nm (Loctite 2701)
Exhaust manifold to cylinder head
20
Nm
Silencer to exhaust manifold
55
Nm
Tightening torques
Expansion tank to radiator
Suspension strut to angled lever
Eccentric clamp
Swinging-fork pivot axle
Adjusting screw steering head bearing
Cylinder head to frame, locknut
UX-VS-2, 07.2001
BMW recommends Castrol
Contents
<< Back
Group / Chapter
00 Tightening torques, Operating fluids
00 Pre-delivery check
00 Maintenance
11 Engine
12 Engine electrics
13 Fuel preparation and control
17 Radiator
18 Exhaust system
21 Clutch
23 Gearbox
27 Chain/belt drive
31 Front forks
>> Continuation
M
B
16 Fuel tank and lines
W
>> Continuation
Group / Chapter
32 Steering
33 Rear wheel drive
34 Brakes
36 Wheels and tyres
46 Frame
51 Equipment
61 General electrical equipment
62 Instruments
63 Lights
<< Back
00
00 Tightening torques,
Operating fluids
Contents
Page
Tightening torques ......................................................................................................................3
11 Engine ...........................................................................................................................................3
12 Engine electrics ........................................................................................................................4
13 Fuel preparation and control ...............................................................................................5
16 Fuel tank and lines ...................................................................................................................5
17 Radiator ........................................................................................................................................5
18 Exhaust system .........................................................................................................................6
21 Clutch ............................................................................................................................................6
23 Transmission ..............................................................................................................................6
27 Chain/belt drive .........................................................................................................................7
31 Front fork ......................................................................................................................................7
32 Steering ........................................................................................................................................7
33 Rear wheel drive .......................................................................................................................8
34 Brakes ...........................................................................................................................................8
36 Wheels and tyres ......................................................................................................................9
46 Frame .......................................................................................................................................... 10
51 Equipment ................................................................................................................................. 11
61 General electrical equipment ............................................................................................12
62 Instruments ...............................................................................................................................12
63 Lights ...........................................................................................................................................12
Table of operating fluids
.........................................................................................................13
00.1
00.2
00
Tightening torques
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
11 Engine
Freewheel housing and freewheel
Nm
35
(clean thread + Loctite 648)
Engine block
Nm
10
Double drive gear on crankshaft
Nm
180
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Driver to countershaft
Nm
140
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Pressure plate
Nm
10
Magnetic hub to crankshaft
Nm
180
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Chainwheel to main shaft
Nm
140
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Signal transmitter
Nm
8
Ignition cover
Nm
10
Cylinder base
Nm
10
Fastener for chain tensioner
Nm
40
Oil filter cover
Nm
10
Oil pressure switch
Nm
12
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Strainer cover to housing half
Nm
8
Drain plug, on-frame oil tank
Nm
21
Engine oil drain plug
Nm
40
Oil supply/oil return lines to engine
Nm
42
Oil pump cover
Nm
6
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Oil pressure valve
Nm
24
Oil retaining valve
Nm
24
Collar nuts for cylinder head
Nm
60
Collar screws for cylinder head
Nm
33
Machine screws (chaincase)
Nm
10
Camshaft bearing cap
Nm
10
Chain sprockets to camshafts
Nm
60
threads oiled
Chain guide to camshaft bearing cap
Nm
10
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Oil circuit
Cylinder head
00.3
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
11 Engine
Cylinder head cover
Nm
10
Machine screw (hole for locating screw)
Nm
25
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
12 Engine electrics
Spark plug
Nm
20
Magnetic hub to crankshaft
Nm
180
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Signal transmitter
Nm
8
Engine block cover, left/right
Nm
10
Starter to clutch cover
Nm
10
Positive lead to starter motor
Nm
9
Positive contact to starter motor
Nm
4
Necked-down bolt, starter housing
Nm
6
Cable cover to engine block
Nm
9
Cable holder to ignition cover
Nm
8
Stator to ignition cover
Nm
10
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Ignition coil bracket to cylinder head cover
Nm
9
00.4
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
13 Fuel preparation and control
Air intake pipe to cylinder head
Nm
21
Fuel filter to stowage-compartment frame
Nm
9
Injector holder to throttle valve
Nm
5
Fuel hose to injection nozzle holder
Nm
3
Fuel return hose to pump unit
Nm
3
Intake air pipe to intake air silencer
Nm
9
Throttle flap to intake stub
Nm
1
Throttle-valve potentiometer to throttle
valve stub
Nm
3
Throttle valve actuator to throttle-valve
stub
Nm
5
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
16 Fuel tank and lines
Fuel tank to rear frame (M 8 stud)
Nm
21
Fuel filler cap to fuel tank
Nm
3
Roll-over valve to fuel tank
Nm
2
Clamps, activated charcoal filter bracket
Nm
9
Fuel pump to fuel tank
Nm
30
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
17 Radiator
Expansion tank to radiator
Nm
9
Radiator to main frame at top
Nm
9
Fan to fan shroud
Nm
3
Water pump drain screw
Nm
10
Coolant hoses to radiator/engine/frame
Nm
3
Breather hose to expansion tank
Nm
2
Left engine block cover to engine block
Nm
10
Water pump cover
Nm
10
Temperature sensor in cylinder head
Nm
15
Vent screw
Nm
12
00.5
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
18 Exhaust system
Oxygen sensor to exhaust elbow
Nm
45
Exhaust manifold to cylinder head
Nm
20
Silencer to exhaust manifold
(Torca clamp)
Nm
55
Silencer to rear frame
Nm
41
Guards to silencer
Nm
5
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
21 Clutch
Driver
Nm
140
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Pressure plate
Nm
10
Engine block cover, left
Nm
10
Release lever to release shaft
Nm
10
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
23 Transmission
Gear pedal to frame
Nm
21
Shaft lever to selector shaft
Nm
9
00.6
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
27 Chain/belt drive
Drive sprocket cover to engine
Nm
2
Belt cover to swinging arm
Nm
9
Eccentric clamp
Nm
21
Nm
10
Nm
180
(clean thread + Loctite 638)
Initial tightening
Belt sprocket to gearbox output shaft
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
31 Front fork
Clamp screws, upper fork bridge and
steering head clamp
Nm
23
Clamp screws at lower fork bridge
Nm
23
Bracket to fork leg
Nm
5
Damper retaining screw
Nm
20
Nm
25
°
60
Adjusting screw
Preload
Back off through angle of
rotation
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
32 Steering
Handlebars to fork bridge
Nm
23
Handlebar weight to handlebar
Nm
9
Handlebar fitting to handlebar
Nm
9
Cover of multi-function switch
Nm
1
Pivot pin of clutch lever
Nm
3
Locknut for pivot pin of clutch lever
Nm
5
Pivot pin of handbrake lever
Nm
7
Locknut of handbrake lever
Nm
7
Guide to fork bridge
Nm
5
00.7
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
33 Rear wheel drive
Suspension strut to frame
Wrench angle
Nm
°
58
45 ± 15
Suspension strut to angled lever
Nm
41
Swinging-fork pivot axle
Nm
100
Struts to swinging arm
Nm
41
Struts to angled lever
Nm
41
Angled lever to frame
Nm
58
Wrench angle
°
45 ± 15
Belt pulley to damper housing
Nm
28
Damper fastener
Nm
160
Eccentric clamp
Nm
21
Nm
10
Initial tightening
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
34 Brakes
Bleed screw to brake caliper front/rear
Nm
7
Brake caliper to fork slider tube
Nm
41
Brake light switch to handlebar fitting
Nm
3
Handlebar fitting to handlebar
Nm
9
Brake light switch to frame
Nm
5
Brake disc to front wheel
Nm
10
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)
Brake disc to rear wheel drive shaft
Nm
11
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)
Brake caliper to swinging arm
Nm
21
Brake master cylinder to main frame
Nm
10
Locknut for fork end to pushrod
Nm
9
Bracket, rear, to main frame
Nm
9
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)
Shroud to frame
Nm
6
Brake fluid reservoir for rear brake to rear
frame
Nm
4
Brake pedal to frame
Nm
21
Brake line distributor to main frame
Nm
9
00.8
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
34 Brakes
Brake lines/hoses
Brake hose to brake caliper
Nm
18
Brake hose to rear brake caliper
Nm
18
Brake hose to brake lever fitting
Nm
18
Brake hoses to distributor
Nm
18
Brake hose to bracket, rear
Nm
18
Brake line to master brake cylinder, rear
wheel
Nm
18
Banjo bolts, brake line
Nm
18
ABS sensor front/rear
Nm
9
ABS control unit to holder
Nm
21
Brake lines to ABS control unit
Nm
18
Brake disc and sensor ring to front wheel
Nm
10
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)
Locknut for adjustable stop, brake-light
switch
Nm
4
ABS
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
36 Wheels and tyres
Clamp nut, front quick-release axle
Nm
23
Front quick-release axle to fork leg
Nm
30
Wheel nut to drive shaft (wheel side)
Nm
160
Lightly coat the thread with Optimoly TA
00.9
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
46 Frame
Covers, right and left, to main frame
Nm
2
Covers, right and left, to air guide
Nm
3
Cover, front, to covers, right and left
Nm
1
Cover, front to main frame
Nm
2
Cover, rear, to covers left and right and to
stowage-compartment frame
Nm
2
Stowage-compartment rail to stowagecompartment frame
Nm
9
Stowage-compartment frame to main frame
Nm
9
Turn indicators, left and right, to fairing
bracket
Nm
3
Instrument cover to fairing holder
Nm
2
Windscreen to windscreen bracket
Nm
2
Windscreen bracket to fairing bracket
Nm
9
Rear trim panels, left and right, to rear frame
Nm
2
Rear trim panels, left and right, to seat lock
Nm
2
Bracket for seat lock to rear frame
Nm
3
Turn indicator, rear, to rear finisher
Nm
3
Rear finisher to rear frame
Nm
9
Number-plate carrier to rear finisher
Nm
9
Spray guard to number-plate carrier
Nm
3
Number-plate carrier to rear mudguard
Nm
3
Cover of number-plate light to numberplate carrier
Nm
1
Grip to rear frame
Nm
9
Luggage carrier to grab handle
Nm
3
Front mudguard, front section, to front
mudguard, rear section
Nm
3
Front mudguard, front section, to slider
tube
Nm
3
Front mudguard, rear section, to slider
tube
Nm
3
Rear mudguard, front section, to rear
frame, front and side
Nm
3
Rear mudguard, front section, to rear
frame, rear and centre
Nm
3
Belt cover to swinging arm
Nm
9
Mudguards/wheel guards
00.10
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
46 Frame
Frame
Drain plug, on-frame oil tank
Nm
21
Oil strainer to frame
Nm
80
Oil feed and return lines to main frame
Nm
42
Oil tank cover to frame
Nm
5
Footrest rubber to rear footrest
Nm
5
Fairing bracket to main frame
Nm
21
Rear frame to main frame
Nm
24
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)
Engine shell to bracing tube
Nm
25
Side stand to bottom truss
Nm
41
Engine shell to engine
Nm
55
Engine shell to engine, bottom, with bottom truss
Nm
55
Engine to frame at rear
Nm
50
Cylinder head to frame
Nm
41
Cylinder head to frame, adjusting sleeve
Nm
zero play, max. 5
Cylinder head to frame, locknut
Nm
100
Engine mounts
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
51 Equipment
Ignition/steering lock to fork bridge, top
Nm
20
Mirror to clamp element
Nm
18
Clamp element to handlebar fitting
Nm
21
Seat hook to rear frame
Nm
9
00.11
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
61 General electrical equipment
Cable to idle-indicator switch
Nm
1
Idle-indicator switch
Nm
3
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Cover for hazard warning flasher switch
Nm
5
Clutch switch to handlebar fitting
Nm
5
Positive/ground leads, battery
Nm
7
Ignition/light switch with cap to ignition/
handlebar lock
Nm
1
Voltage regulator to engine shell
Nm
9
Horn to fork bridge
Nm
18
(clean thread + Loctite 243)
Ground terminal, wiring harness to engine
block, right
Nm
8
Model
F 650 CS
Connection
62 Instruments
Instrument cover to instrument cluster
Nm
Model
2
F 650 CS
Connection
63 Lights
Headlight to fairing bracket
Nm
7
Number-plate light to number-plate carrier
Nm
1
Rear light cluster to rear frame
Nm
9
00.12
Table of operating fluids
Item
Use
Order number
Quantity
Lubricant
Staburags NBU 30 PTM
High-performance lubricating grease 07 55 9 056 992 75 g tube
Optimoly MP 3
High-performance lubricating grease 07 55 9 062 476 100 g tube
Optimoly TA
High-temperature assembly grease
18 21 9 062 599 100 g tube
Silicone grease 300, heavy
Damping grease
07 58 9 058 193 10 g tube
Retinax EP2
Grease
83 22 9 407 845 100 g tube
Contact spray
Contact spray
81 22 9 400 208 300 ml spray
Chain spray
Lubricant
72 60 2 316 676 50 ml spray
72 60 2 316 667 300 ml spray
Shell HDX2
Lubricant
11 00 7 660 830 400 g tube
Klüberpaste 46 MR 401
High-temperature lubricant
11 00 7 660 831 60 g tube
MOLYKOTE 111
Silicon grease
11 00 7 660 832 100 g tube
Tyre mounting paste
Assembly paste
36 32 1 239 263 2.5 kg
36 32 1 239 264 100 g
Never Seez compound
Lubricating paste
83 23 9 407 830 100 g tube
Grease for lock cylinders
Grease
81 22 9 407 421
Rubber care product
Rubber care
82 14 9 407 015 60 g tube
Long-life lubricant
Lubricant
81 22 9 407 629 250 ml spray
3-Bond 1110 B
Surface sealant
07 58 9 056 998 5 g tube
3-Bond 1209
Surface sealant
07 58 9 062 376 30 g tube
OMNI VISC 1002
Surface sealant
07 58 1 465 170 90 g tube
Loctite 574
Surface sealant
81 22 9 407 301 50 ml tube
Loctite 577
Thread locking compound
33 11 2 328 736 5 g tube
Curil K 2
Heat-conductive sealant
81 22 9 400 243 250 g can
Loctite 648
Joint adhesive (narrow gap)
07 58 9 067 732 5 g bottle
Loctite 638
Joint adhesive (wide gap)
07 58 9 056 030 10 ml bottle
Loctite 243
Thread retainer, medium-strength
07 58 9 056 031 10 ml bottle
Loctite 270
Thread retainer, strong
81 22 9 400 086 10 ml bottle
Loctite 2701
Thread retainer, strong
33 17 2 331 095 10 ml bottle
Loctite 454
Cyanacrylate adhesive (gel)
07 58 9 062 157 20 g tube
Sealants
Adhesives and retaining
agents
00.13
Item
Use
Order number
Quantity
Brake cleaner
Cleaners
83 11 9 407 848 600 ml spray
Normal dilution
Cleaners
51 91 9 057 940 1 l bottle
Metal Polish
Polish for chrome-plated parts
82 14 9 400 890 100 g tube
Penetrant MR 68
Crack testing agent for aluminium
housings
83 19 9 407 855 500 ml spray
Developer MR 70
Crack testing agent for aluminium
housings
81 22 9 407 495 500 ml spray
Cooling spray
83 19 9 407 762 300 ml spray
Cleaners
Testing agents
Installation aid
BMW chilling spray
00.14
00
00 Pre-delivery check
Contents
Page
General view of crated motorcycle
...................................................................................17
Checking the shipping crate for damage
In case of damage in Germany
...............................................................................................18
In case of damage in importer markets
Unpack the motorcycle
......................................................................18
..............................................................................18
...........................................................................................................18
Inspecting motorcycle for damage
...................................................................................19
Checking that delivery is complete
..................................................................................19
Installing remaining items on motorcycle
Filling and charging the battery
Removing the battery
..................................................................... 19
.........................................................................................20
..................................................................................................................20
Filling and charging the battery ...............................................................................................21
Checking engine oil level
.......................................................................................................22
Checking tyre pressures .........................................................................................................22
Final inspection and function check
................................................................................23
Final cleaning ................................................................................................................................23
Handover
.........................................................................................................................................23
00.15
00.16
00
General view of crated motorcycle
K14009440
00.17
Checking the shipping crate for
damage
•
When the motorcycle arrives, check the crate immediately for damage and if necessary examine
the contents for consequential damage.
In case of damage in Germany
•
•
•
Note the damage on the delivery slip.
Read the information sheet on damage in transit.
Notify the supplier without delay (e.g. freight
company or DB) and also
Bavaria Wirtschaftsagentur GmbH
Abteilung ZW - 12
D-80788 München
Tel. +49 89/14327-632
Fax. + 49 89/14327-709
In case of damage in importer markets
•
•
•
Note the damage on the delivery slip.
Comply with specific national market procedures.
In case of doubt, please submit enquiries to:
Bavaria Wirtschaftsagentur GmbH
Abteilung ZW - 12
D-80788 München
Tel. +49 89/14327-632
Fax. +49 89 14327-709
Notify the supplier (e.g. freight company) without
delay.
00 11 Unpack
•
•
•
Lever off the cover.
Take out the separate pack of items.
Force off cross-struts with a suitable lever.
e
Attention:
Do not knock the cross-struts out or the motorcycle
may be damaged.
•
•
Remove the end-walls.
Remove the side-walls.
e
Attention:
Make sure that the motorcycle cannot topple.
•
Remove the straps at front and rear.
e
Attention:
Remove any nails projecting from the base of the
packing or lying on the base or on the floor.
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
00.18
the motorcycle
Push the motorcycle forward off the pallet.
Remove the set of keys from the left rear footrest.
Dispose of the packing materials in an environmentally responsible manner as described in Circular No. 23/91 - Sales.
Check the contents of the enclosed pack of
items:
Mirrors with clamping screws and nuts
Rider's Manual
Maintenance Instructions
Booklet listing service centres in Europe
BMW emergency service sticker
Handling instructions for batteries
00 11 Inspecting
motorcycle for dam-
age
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
Installing remaining items on
motorcycle
00 11
Check for damage.
Use the “express handling service” to notify
BMW Motorrad,
UX-VS-1
Fax:+ 49 89-382-33220
Rectify the fault.
If parts are needed, order them through the usual
channel.
Costs are to be processed by the warranty claim
system (stage 4). Defect codes:
Parts missing
10 01 00 00 00
Parts damaged
10 02 00 00 00
Incorrect parts delivered
10 03 00 00 00
1
2
Checking that delivery is complete
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
All optional extras
Toolkit:
screwdriver, reversible blade
crosshead screwdriver, small
3 open-end wrenches
w/f 8×10, 14, 15
spark plug wrench
3 Allen keys
Torx T15, T25, T30
4 fuses
7.5 A, 10 A, 15 A, 20 A
Breakdown kit
Documentation
Vehicle keys, 3 of
E000310
•
•
Fit clamp screw (2) to handlebar fitting.
Install mirror and secure by tightening nut (1).
X
Tightening torque:
Clamp screw to handlebar fitting .................. 21 Nm
Union nut for mirror ...................................... 18 Nm
00.19
1
2
3
5
3
4
3
K14000450
61 21 Filling
and charging the battery
61 21 010 Removing
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
the battery
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove seat.
Remove securing screws for stowage-compartment rail (1) and remove left stowage-compartment rail; use wrench from toolkit if necessary.
Remove fasteners of rear cover and remove rear
cover (2).
Disconnect the plug for flashing turn indicator (5).
Remove securing screw for flashing turn indicator (4).
Remove screws securing left cover (3).
Remove the left cover.
00.20
- UPPER LEVEL- LOWER LEVEL-
K14000460
61 21 Filling
and charging the battery
d
Warning:
Battery acid is highly caustic.
Protect your eyes, face, hands, clothing and the
paintwork.
•
•
•
•
•
Disengage the rubber strap holding the battery.
Disconnect the battery breather hose.
Remove the battery.
Fill all the cells with pure battery acid of
density 1.28 to the Upper Level mark.
Allow the battery to stand for approximately
30 minutes.
•
The battery does not achieve full charge capacity
from being filled, so it has to be charged with a
battery charger.
L Note:
Follow the instructions for use supplied with the battery charger.
Charge current (A)
......................... 10 % of rated battery capacity (Ah)
Charging time
..............................................................5-10 hours
•
Battery charge can be measured by checking
the density of the battery acid.
Acid density
Battery fully charged
............ 1.26-1.30 at a temperature of 20 °C (68 °F)
•
•
•
•
Shake the battery slightly to allow the gas bubbles to escape.
Wait until the battery acid has settled, check that
no more bubbles rise and if necessary, top up
the acid to the max. mark.
Reinstall the plugs.
Make a note of the charging date on the battery.
00.21
e
Attention:
Connect the positive battery terminal first, then the
negative terminal.
•
Install the battery.
L
Note:
When connecting the battery lead, always make
00 00 Checking
•
engine oil level
Check whether there is oil in the tank (e.g. dipstick wetted).
e
Attention:
Top up the level if there is no engine oil in the tank.
sure that the spring washer is between the screw
head and the battery lead.
Checking tyre pressures
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Apply acid-proof grease to the battery terminal
posts.
Connect the battery breather hose.
Install the left cover.
Install the rear cover.
Install the stowage-compartment rail.
Install the seat.
X
Tightening torque:
Positive and negative leads to battery ............ 7 Nm
Cover, rear, to covers left and right and
to stowage-compartment frame ..................... 2 Nm
Cover, front, to left and right covers ............... 1 Nm
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Turn indicators, left and right, to fairing bracket... 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment railing to stowagecompartment frame ........................................ 9 Nm
Check/correct tyre pressures.
Tyre pressures:
one-up ............................... front 2.2 bar (31.91 psi)
........................................... rear 2.5 bar (36.26 psi)
two-up ............................... front 2.2 bar (31.91 psi)
........................................... rear 2.5 bar (36.26 psi)
two-up + luggage ............... front 2.2 bar (31.91 psi)
........................................... rear 2.5 bar (36.26 psi)
BMW recommends Castrol
00.22
Final inspection and function check
Handover
•
•
•
•
•
This is the ideal opportunity to familiarise the customer with the motorcycle in order to ensure the
customer’s satisfaction and safety.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
Clutch
Check gear shift action.
Steering
Handbrake and footbrake
Check lights and signalling equipment:
Front and rear parking lights
Instrument lighting
Low and high headlight beams, headlight flasher
Brake light (operate brake at front and rear)
Turn signals left/right
Horn
Telltale and warning lights
Instruments
Where necessary, check function of optional extras:
ABS: perform starting test. The ABS warning
light comes on if there is a fault in the system and
the vehicle is ridden for at least 10 seconds at a
speed in excess of 30 km/h (18.64 miles).
If necessary, take the motorcycle for a test ride.
Confirm pre-delivery check in “Maintenance Instructions”
See “Checking motorcycle for damage” if anything is unsatisfactory.
00 11 459
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
The following points must be demonstrated and
explained to the customer:
Documentation and stowage space
Toolkit and stowage space
Suspension preload adjustment to suit total
weight
How to check the brake fluid
How to adjust the mirrors
Controls
instruments and telltale lights
Optional equipment and accessories fitted
The user must be given the following information:
Running-in recommendations and inspection intervals
Safety check
How to check the oil level in accordance with the
vehicle documentation
Final cleaning
Clean the motorcycle.
L
Note:
Do not use a steam or high-pressure water jet. The
high steam or water pressure could damage seals,
the hydraulic system or electrical components.
BMW recommends Castrol
00.23
00.24
00
00 Maintenance
Contents
Page
Key to maintenance intervals
..............................................................................................29
Reading the fault code memory with the MoDiTeC
.................................................30
(Inspections I, II, III and IV) .................................................................................................................30
Changing the engine oil [engine only] and oil filter element
.............................30
(Inspection I) ......................................................................................................................................30
Preparatory work
...........................................................................................................................30
Draining engine oil
........................................................................................................................30
Replacing oil filter element ........................................................................................................31
Filling with engine oil ....................................................................................................................31
Changing the engine oil [engine and oil tank] and oil filter element
.............32
(Inspections II, III and IV) ....................................................................................................................32
Preparatory work
...........................................................................................................................32
Draining engine oil
........................................................................................................................32
Replacing oil filter element ........................................................................................................33
Filling with engine oil ....................................................................................................................33
Cleaning oil strainer in frame
...............................................................................................34
(Inspection II, once only) ....................................................................................................................34
Greasing rubber grommets for cover insert
................................................................34
(Inspections I, II, III and IV) .................................................................................................................34
Checking coolant, topping up if necessary
.................................................................35
(Inspections I, II and III) ......................................................................................................................35
Checking coolant
Adding coolant
..........................................................................................................................35
...............................................................................................................................35
Changing coolant
.......................................................................................................................36
(Inspection IV, every 2 years) .............................................................................................................36
Checking and adjusting valve clearances
....................................................................38
(Inspections II and III) .........................................................................................................................38
Checking valve clearances
.......................................................................................................38
Preparatory work ...............................................................................................................................38
Remove the intake air silencer together with the intake air pipe. ........................................................38
Exposing the radiator ........................................................................................................................38
Exposing cylinder head .....................................................................................................................39
Turning crankshaft to TDC position ....................................................................................................39
Checking valve clearance ..................................................................................................................40
00.25
Contents
Page
Adjusting valve clearances ........................................................................................................40
Installing cylinder head cover ............................................................................................................41
Replacing spark plug
...............................................................................................................42
(Inspection III) ....................................................................................................................................42
Emptying drain from intake air silencer
.........................................................................42
(Inspections I, II and III) ......................................................................................................................42
Replacing air cleaner element
............................................................................................43
(Inspection III) ....................................................................................................................................43
Replacing fuel filter
...................................................................................................................44
(Inspection III, every 40,000 km/24,000 miles) ...................................................................................44
Checking clutch play, adjusting if necessary
..............................................................45
(Inspections I, II and III) ......................................................................................................................45
Checking brake pads and discs for wear, replacing if necessary
...................45
(Inspections II and III) .........................................................................................................................45
Checking brake pads for wear
................................................................................................45
Brake pads, front brake .....................................................................................................................45
Brake pads, rear brake ......................................................................................................................45
Replacing brake pads
.................................................................................................................46
Brake pads, front brake .....................................................................................................................46
Brake pads, rear brake ......................................................................................................................47
Checking the brake discs ..........................................................................................................47
Checking brake fluid level at front and rear
................................................................48
(Inspections II and III) .........................................................................................................................48
Brake fluid level (front brake)
....................................................................................................48
Checking brake fluid level (front brake) ..............................................................................................48
Brake fluid level (rear brake)
.....................................................................................................48
Checking brake fluid level (rear brake) ...............................................................................................48
Checking operation of brake system and checking for leaks; repairing/
replacing as necessary ...........................................................................................................49
(Inspection III) ....................................................................................................................................49
Changing brake fluid and bleeding brake system
....................................................49
(Inspection IV) ....................................................................................................................................49
Changing brake fluid and bleeding brake system (front brakes)
..............................49
Changing brake fluid and bleeding brake system (rear brakes)
...............................50
Replacing primary sealing boot, front brake master cylinder
...........................52
(Inspection III, every 40,000 km/24,000 miles for motorcycles with ABS) ..........................................52
Replacing primary sealing boot, rear brake master cylinder
.............................53
(Inspection III, every 40,000 km/24,000 miles for motorcycles with ABS) ..........................................53
Checking toothed belt pulley and sprocket, replacing if necessary
.............54
(Inspection III) ....................................................................................................................................54
00.26
Contents
Page
Replacing toothed belt
............................................................................................................54
(Inspection III) ....................................................................................................................................54
Checking belt tension, adjusting if necessary
...........................................................56
(Inspections I, II and III) ......................................................................................................................56
Checking belt tension
.................................................................................................................56
Adjusting belt tension ..................................................................................................................57
Used belt, new belt ...........................................................................................................................57
Checking battery acid level, adding distilled water if necessary
....................59
(Inspections II, III and IV) ....................................................................................................................59
Checking battery acid level
Adding distilled water
......................................................................................................59
..................................................................................................................59
Cleaning and greasing battery terminals, if necessary
.........................................59
(Inspection IV) ....................................................................................................................................59
Checking and adjusting steering head bearing play,
replacing if necessary ..............................................................................................................60
(Inspections II and III) .........................................................................................................................60
Checking steering head bearing play
..................................................................................60
Adjusting steering head bearing play ...................................................................................60
Greasing side stand
..................................................................................................................61
(Inspections II and III) .........................................................................................................................61
Side stand
........................................................................................................................................61
Checking specified torque of threaded fasteners with torque wrench
.......61
(Inspections I, II, III and IV) .................................................................................................................61
Final inspection with road safety and functional check
.......................................62
(Inspections I, II, III and IV) .................................................................................................................62
Road safety check .............................................................................................................................62
Tyre tread depth (recommended minimum value) ...............................................................................62
Tyre pressures (tyres cold) .................................................................................................................62
Roadworthiness check ......................................................................................................................62
00.27
00.28
00
Key to maintenance intervals
Maintenance tasks consist of the first Inspection (after the first 1,000 km/600 miles), the BMW Service,
BMW Inspection and BMW Annual Service.
In this Repair Manual, the individual maintenance intervals are shown by the following codes:
Inspection 1,000 km (600 miles)
BMW Running-in Check after the
first 1,000 km (600 miles).
—
—
—
—
Inspection at 1,000 km (600 miles)......................I
BMW Service at 10,000 km (6,000 miles)...........II
BMW Inspection at 20,000 km (12,000 miles) .. III
BMW Annual Service........................................ IV
BMW Service
After the first 10,000 km (6,000 miles) and each additional 20,000 km (12,000 miles)
(at 30,000 km ... 50,000 km ... 70,000 km)
(at 18,000 miles ... 30,000 miles ... 42,000 miles).
BMW Inspection
After the first 20,000 km (12,000 miles) and each
additional 20,000 km (12,000 miles)
(at 40,000 km ... 60,000 km ... 80,000 km)
(at 24,000 miles ... 36,000 miles ... 48,000 miles).
BMW Annual Service
Certain maintenance tasks depend on elapsed time
as well as the distance the motorcycle has covered.
They should therefore be carried out at least once a
year (e. g. changing brake fluid).
If these tasks cannot be carried out during a Service
or an Inspection, a BMW Annual Service must be
performed.
00.29
00 13 624 Reading
the fault code mem- 00 11 209 Changing the engine oil
ory with the MoDiTeC
[engine only] and oil filter element
(Inspections I, II, III and IV)
(Inspection I)
L
Note:
If an engine failure occurs, the oil tank and feed line
must be flushed with thin oil, and then blown
through with compressed air (a 11.17).
00 11 209
–
–
Preparatory work
Remove cover for belt sprocket from engine.
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
00 11 209
Draining engine oil
K14000010
–
•
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Unclip diagnosis plug (arrow) behind cover on
right.
Connect the diagnosis unit to the diagnosis plug.
Read out the fault memory.
Perform any repair work indicated.
d
Warning:
Observe the hazard avoidance instructions for running internal combustion engines in enclosed spaces.
•
•
•
00.30
Warm up the engine to operating temperature.
Place a suitable container in position to catch the
oil.
Remove the oil drain plug from the engine and
fully drain the oil from the engine.
00 11 215
Replacing oil filter element
00 11 215
•
•
1
2
3
K14000160
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove the left-hand screw (3) securing the oilfilter cover (1).
Remove the cable for the neutral-indicator
switch from its guide.
Engage the oil drain guide, BMW No. 11 7 511,
on the pins (arrows) on the engine block.
Position a drip tray beneath the engine.
Remove the screws (2) and remove the oil-filter
cover.
Remove the filter element.
Fully drain the oil and clean the oil-filter housing.
e Attention:
Dispose of the used oil and oil filter in an environmentally compatible manner.
•
•
•
•
•
Install the oil drain plug in the engine with a new
sealing ring and tighten.
Fill the oil tank with 0.5 l
(0.88 Imp. pints/0.53 US quarts) of engine oil and
install the filler cap.
L Note:
The requisite quantity of oil is 0.5 (0.88 Imp. pints/
0.53 US quarts) to 1,5 l (2.64 Imp. pints/1.59 US
quarts), depending on operating status.
d Warning:
11 7 511
•
Filling with engine oil
Fit a new filter element onto the oil-filter cover.
Coat the O-ring of the filter element lightly with
oil.
Check the O-ring of the oil-filter cover for damage and replace if necessary.
Install the oil-filter cover complete with filter element.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
Observe the hazard avoidance instructions for running internal combustion engines in enclosed spaces.
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
d
Warning:
Observe the hazard avoidance instructions for running internal combustion engines in enclosed spaces.
•
Check the oil level with the engine at operating
temperature, proceeding as follows:
L Note:
Lower the dipstick into the oil filler neck, but do not
engage the threads.
1. Make sure the engine is at operating temperature, and allow it to idle for 1 minute.
2. Switch off the engine and check the oil level with
the dipstick.
L Note:
Do not reinstall the belt sprocket cover at this stage,
if other maintenance work has to be performed on
assemblies normally concealed by this component.
X
Tightening torque:
Oil filter cover ............................................... 10 Nm
Sprocket cover to engine ............................... 2 Nm
K14000170
3. Top up the engine oil if necessary, but no higher
than the midway mark (arrow) and repeat
steps 1) to 3).
BMW recommends Castrol
00.31
Changing the engine oil [engine and oil tank] and oil filter element
e
Attention:
Do not use synthetic oils.
00 11 215
Operating fluids:
Brand-name HD oil, API classification SF, SG or SH;
suffix letters CD or CE are permitted; alternatively,
brand-name HD oil of CCMC classification G4 or
G5; suffix PD2 is permitted.
(Inspections II, III and IV)
Capacity, engine:
with filter replacement ...................................... 0.5 l
.............................(0.88 Imp. pints/0.53 US quarts)
L Note:
If an engine failure occurs, the oil tank and feed line
must be flushed with thin oil, and then blown
through with compressed air (a 11.17).
00 11 215
X
Tightening torque:
Oil drain plug, engine ................................... 40 Nm
–
–
Preparatory work
Place motorcycle on side stand.
Remove cover for belt sprocket from engine.
00 11 215
Draining engine oil
d
Warning:
Observe the hazard avoidance instructions for running internal combustion engines in enclosed spaces.
•
•
Warm up the engine to operating temperature.
Place a suitable container in position to catch the
oil.
1
K14000150
•
•
•
–
•
00.32
Remove the filler cap from the oil tank.
Remove the oil drain plug from the frame (1).
Fully drain the oil.
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove the oil drain plug from the engine and
fully drain the oil from the engine.
00 11 215
Replacing oil filter element
00 11 215
•
•
•
1
2
3
•
•
•
•
•
d Warning:
•
•
K14000160
•
Install the oil drain plug in the frame with a new
sealing ring and tighten.
Install the oil drain plug in the engine with a new
sealing ring and tighten.
Fill the oil tank with 2 l (3.52 Imp. pints/2.11 US quarts)
of engine oil and install the filler cap.
Observe the hazard avoidance instructions for running internal combustion engines in enclosed spaces.
11 7 511
•
Filling with engine oil
Remove the left-hand screw (3) securing the oilfilter cover (1).
Remove the cable for the neutral-indicator
switch from its guide.
Engage the oil drain guide, BMW No. 11 7 511,
on the pins (arrows) on the engine block.
Position a drip tray beneath the engine.
Remove the screws (2) and remove the oil-filter
cover.
Remove the filter element.
Fully drain the oil and clean the oil-filter housing.
•
•
Run the engine for thirty seconds.
Add another 0.5 l (0.88 Imp. pints/0.53 US quarts)
of engine oil to the oil tank.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
Check the oil level with the engine at operating
temperature, proceeding as follows:
L Note:
Lower the dipstick into the oil filler neck, but do not
engage the threads.
1. Make sure the engine is at operating temperature, and allow it to idle for 1 minute.
2. Switch off the engine and check the oil level with
the dipstick.
e Attention:
Dispose of the used oil and oil filter in an environmentally compatible manner.
•
•
•
•
•
Fit a new filter element onto the oil-filter cover.
Coat the O-ring of the filter element lightly with
oil.
Check the O-ring of the oil-filter cover for damage and replace if necessary.
Install the oil-filter cover complete with filter element.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
Do not reinstall the belt sprocket cover at this stage,
if other maintenance work has to be performed on
assemblies normally concealed by this component.
K14000170
3. Top up the engine oil if necessary, but no higher
than the midway mark (arrow) and repeat steps
1) to 3).
X
Tightening torque:
Oil filter cover ............................................... 10 Nm
Sprocket cover to engine ............................... 2 Nm
BMW recommends Castrol
00.33
X
e
Attention:
Do not use synthetic oils.
Operating fluids:
Brand-name HD oil, API classification SF, SG or SH;
suffix letters CD or CE are permitted; alternatively,
brand-name HD oil of CCMC classification G4 or G5;
suffix PD2 is permitted.
Capacities, engine and oil tank:
with filter replacement ...................................... 2.5 l
.............................(4.40 Imp. pints/2.64 US quarts)
X
Tightening torque:
Oil drain plug, engine ................................... 40 Nm
Drain plug, frame oil tank.............................. 21 Nm
Cleaning oil strainer in frame
Tightening torque:
Oil drain plug, engine ................................... 40 Nm
Oil drain plug, frame oil tank......................... 21 Nm
Oil line to frame ............................................ 42 Nm
Oil strainer to frame...................................... 80 Nm
Oil tank cover to frame ................................... 5 Nm
Right and left covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Right and left covers to air duct ..................... 3 Nm
Right and left covers to cover, front ............... 1 Nm
Right and left turn indicators to fairing
bracket........................................................... 3 Nm
Cover, rear, to right and left covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
Release lever to release shaft....................... 10 Nm
Greasing rubber grommets for cover
insert
(Inspection II, once only)
(Inspections I, II, III and IV)
–
–
Drain engine oil (a 00.32).
Remove left cover (a 46.6).
–
Remove cover inserts.
1
6
2
4
3
5
K14000350
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove oil-tank cover (1).
Disengage clutch cable (arrow).
Remove release lever (3).
Disconnect oil line (4).
Remove oil strainer (2) and clean it with compressed air.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
Always install new seals for the oil line and oil
strainer.
Adjust clutch play (a 00.45).
00.34
K14000380
•
•
Coat pin (5) and hook (6) with rubber care product.
Install cover insert.
Checking coolant, topping up if nec- •
essary
(Inspections I, II and III)
e
Attention:
Check coolant level only when the engine is cold.
Check antifreeze concentration in the expansion
tank, top up antifreeze if necessary.
L Note:
Mix the coolant to a ratio of 50 % antifreeze,
50 % water.
Do not refill the coolant expansion tank if valve clearance still has to be checked/adjusted.
•
•
Checking coolant
Maximum level ..................................................... A
Minimum level ...................................................... B
–
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Check coolant level through the slot in the insert
in the left cover.
Top up the coolant if the level is below the MIN
mark.
•
Check coolant level in expansion tank.
If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, top up
coolant to the MIN mark.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Adding coolant
–
Remove cover insert from left cover.
A
B
K14000100
e Attention:
Anti-freeze protection must be guaranteed to at
least -30 °C (-22 °F). Use only nitrite-free long-term
antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
When the engine is cold, do not top up expansion
tank past the MIN mark (B).
00.35
17 00 035 Changing
coolant
(Inspection IV, every 2 years)
–
–
•
Remove left cover (a 46.6).
Place motorcycle on side stand.
Position a drip tray beneath the engine.
2
K14000130
1
•
Remove fastener (2), lift out the expansion tank
and drain off all coolant.
e
K14000110
•
•
•
Remove drain plug (1) from water pump.
Hold a funnel below the drain and open the radiator cap.
Drain off all the coolant.
Attention:
Dispose of old coolant in an environmentally compatible manner.
L Note:
Do not install and refill the coolant expansion tank if
valve clearance still has to be checked.
•
•
•
–
K14000120
•
Disconnect the coolant hose (arrow) at the frame
on the left and drain the radiator.
00.36
Install the expansion tank.
Install the drain plug with a new sealing ring and
tighten.
Tighten hose clamp securing coolant hose.
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Filling capacity
Cooling system ................................................ 1.3 l
.............................(2.29 Imp. pints/1.37 US quarts)
In expansion tank ............................................. 0.1 l
.............................(0.18 Imp. pints/0.11 US quarts)
1
Antifreeze
Use only nitrite-free long-term antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
Concentration
Antifreeze .........................................................50%
Water ...............................................................50%
K14000140
•
•
•
•
Slacken bleed screw (1) in cylinder head.
Connect a hose to the bleed screw.
Fill the radiator until coolant escapes at the bleed
screw; repeatedly squeeze the coolant hoses to
expel the air.
Tighten bleed screw (1).
•
•
•
Run the engine for a short time, then switch it off.
Check coolant level and top up if necessary.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
L
Note:
Do not reinstall the cover at this stage, if other maintenance work has to be performed.
X
K14000130
•
•
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Right and left covers to air duct ..................... 3 Nm
Right and left covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Right and left covers to cover, front ............... 1 Nm
Right and left turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Drain plug, water pump ................................ 10 Nm
Expansion tank to radiator ............................. 9 Nm
Bleed screw ................................................. 12 Nm
Coolant hose to frame.................................... 3 Nm
Top up coolant until the level reaches the top of
the filler neck (arrow).
Top up expansion tank to the MIN mark.
00.37
00 11 602 Checking
and adjusting
valve clearances
(Inspections II and III)
0011601 Checking
valve clearances
Preparatory work
– Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
– Remove the left, right and front covers (a 46.6).
Remove the intake air silencer together with the
intake air pipe.
• Push up the tab to pull the fuse box from the
holder.
• Remove the fuel filter from the stowage-compartment frame.
K14000030
•
•
•
•
•
1
Disengage the clamp (arrow) securing the
breather hose and disconnect the hose from the
intake air silencer.
Carefully disconnect the intake air silencer from
the throttle flap stub.
Disengage the intake air pipe with rubber grommet from the link.
Pull the intake air silencer with intake air pipe to
the rear to remove, disconnecting the plug for
the intake-air temperature sensor.
Cover/seal the throttle flap stub.
Exposing the radiator
K14000020
•
•
Remove fasteners securing stowage-compartment frame to main frame (arrows).
Remove stowage-compartment frame (1).
K14000040
L
Note:
When temporarily securing the expansion tank,
make sure that the cap is above the level of the coolant.
•
•
00.38
Disconnect the expansion tank from the radiator,
pull it to one side and temporarily secure it to the
handlebar with a cable tie or similar.
Protect the interior of the radiator with cardboard
or similar.
Exposing cylinder head
1
2
6
3
4
5
E110410
K14000050
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove fasteners securing bracket (1) of ignition
coil, pull bracket complete with ignition coil (2)
forward and lay it down.
Remove rubber cap (arrow).
Release knurled nut (3).
Disengage throttle cable from adapter.
Use pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500, to release hose
clip (5) and disconnect cylinder-head breather
hose (6).
Remove spark plug.
L
Note:
TDC position: Marks on the timing-chain
sprockets (arrows) must be parallel with the cylinder
head, the bores in the timing-chain sprockets are at
the top.
•
Use an Allen key to turn the crankshaft clockwise
to the TDC position.
L Note:
Note the position of the two anchorages for ignition
coil (1) on the cylinder-head cover.
•
Remove 8 fasteners (4) and remove the cylinderhead cover with gasket.
Turning crankshaft to TDC position
Remove the central threaded plug in the magnet
housing.
•
00.39
Checking valve clearance
1
11 1 810
K14000070
E000160
•
•
•
Remove the fasteners securing the chain
guide (arrows) and remove chain guide (1).
Use feeler gauges, BMW No. 11 1 810, to measure valve clearances.
Make a note of the valve clearances, or adjust
them if necessary.
Valve clearances:
Inlet valve ........ 0.03...0.11 mm (0.0012...0.0043 in)
Exhaust valve .. 0.25...0.33 mm (0.0098...0.0130 in)
00 11 602 Adjusting
valve clearances
E000370
•
11 6 570
•
Use cable ties (arrow) to secure the timing chain
to both sprockets.
Remove the upper section of the camshaft carrier.
e
K14000060
L
Note:
Watch out for escaping oil and catch it in a suitable
container.
•
Remove the screw at the oil feed stub pipe and
insert locating screw, BMW No. 11 6 570, to
lock the crankshaft at TDC.
00.40
Attention:
Oil the camshafts to facilitate their removal and installation.
•
•
Carefully remove the inlet camshaft and lay it
aside.
Carefully remove the exhaust camshaft and lay it
aside.
•
•
•
Check the TDC positions of the camshaft
sprockets.
Check valve clearances.
Clean the threads of the securing screws for the
chain guide, coat threads with Loctite 243 and
install the screws.
Installing cylinder head cover
•
E000380
•
•
•
Turn the bucket tappet until the shim (arrow) can
be levered out at the groove in the bucket tappet.
Before installing new shims, check thickness
with a micrometer.
Position the shim in the bucket tappet.
e Attention:
Check that the shim is correctly seated in the bucket
tappet.
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
When installing the inlet camshaft, press the
chain rail back against the chain tensioner if necessary.
L
Note:
TDC position: Marks on the timing-chain sprockets
must be parallel with the cylinder head, the bores in
the timing-chain sprockets are at the top.
•
•
Before installing the chain guide, remove the locating screw and install the screw plug, fitted
with a new sealing ring.
Turn the engine over once and bring it to TDC.
Before installing the cylinder head cover, remove
all traces of the gasket and clean the sealing face
with degreasing agent. Also clean the groove
and the seating faces for the gasket.
L Note:
Do not reinstall the unit consisting of intake air silencer, intake duct and battery carrier at this stage,
if the fuel filter has to be removed.
Make sure that the intake pipe is correctly seated on
the throttle valve stub.
•
If necessary, top up the coolant in the expansion
tank.
Valve clearances:
Inlet valve ........ 0.03...0.11 mm (0.0012...0.0043 in)
Exhaust valve .. 0.25...0.33 mm (0.0098...0.0130 in)
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment rail to
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 9
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2
Right and left covers to air duct ..................... 3
Right and left covers to main frame ................ 2
Right and left covers to cover, front ............... 1
Right and left turn indicators to fairing bracket 3
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2
Fuel filter to stowage-compartment frame ...... 9
Stowage-compartment frame to main frame .. 9
Cylinder head cover to cylinder head ........... 10
Bracket for ignition coil to cylinder head......... 9
Spark plug in cylinder head .......................... 20
Expansion tank to radiator ............................. 9
Camshaft bearing cap to cylinder head ........ 10
Chain guide to bearing cap
(clean thread + Loctite 243).......................... 10
Socket-head screw (bore for
locating screw) ............................................. 25
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
00.41
00 12 620 Replacing
spark plug
(Inspection III)
Emptying drain from intake air
silencer
(Inspections I, II and III)
–
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove right cover (a 46.6).
–
–
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove right cover (a 46.6).
Have a funnel and drip tray ready.
1
2
K14000180
•
•
•
•
Twist rubber ring (1) to release ignition coil from
bracket (2).
Disconnect the ignition coil from the spark plug.
Remove the spark plug with the w/f 18 socket
wrench.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Spark plug.................................................... 20 Nm
Right and left covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Right and left covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Right and left covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Right and left turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Cover, rear, to right and left covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame ..................................................... 9 Nm
00.42
K14000190
•
Open the hose clamp and remove the
cap (arrow).
e
Attention:
Dispose of used oil in an environmentally compatible manner.
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Right and left covers to air duct ..................... 3 Nm
Right and left covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Cover, front, to right and left covers ............... 1 Nm
Right and left turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
00 13 630
Replacing air cleaner ele-
ment
(Inspection III)
–
–
3
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove left cover (a 46.6).
1
K1400090
2
L Note:
Compressing the front part of the air filter element
facilitates removal.
K14000080
•
•
Remove the fasteners securing the intake pipe to
intake air silencer (1).
Swing intake pipe (2) to the side and lift it up and
out of the hook.
•
•
•
Remove air filter element (3).
Clean the intake air silencer.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
Compressing the front part of the air filter element
facilitates installation.
•
Engage the intake pipe in the hook of the intake
air silencer at the bottom and tilt it up.
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compart-
K14000470
•
ment frame..................................................... 9
Cover, rear, to right and left covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2
Right and left covers to air duct ..................... 2
Right and left covers to main frame ................ 2
Cover, front, to right and left covers ............... 1
Right and left turn indicators to fairing bracket 3
Intake air pipe to
intake air silencer ........................................... 9
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Disengage the intake air pipe with rubber
grommet (arrow) from the link at the front.
00.43
0016617 Replacing
fuel filter
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
(Inspection III, every 40,000 km/24,000 miles)
e
d Warning:
Comply with safety precautions when handling or
working with fuel; note that the fuel lines are pressurised.
–
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove left cover (a 46.6).
1
5
2
4
3
13 3 010
K14000360
•
•
•
Remove the fastener securing the fuel filter to the
stowage-compartment frame (4).
Close off fuel supply line (3) and the line to the
fuel injector (5) with hose clips,
BMW No. 13 3 010.
Slacken the hose clamps.
d
Warning:
Fuel escapes from the filter when the lines are disconnected.
•
•
Disconnect fuel lines (2, 3, 5) from the filter.
Remove clamp (1) from the fuel filter.
00.44
Attention:
Note the installed positions of fuel feed line (3) and
fuel return line (2).
•
Close hose clamps with pliers,
BMW No. 13 1 500.
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
Cover, rear, to right and left covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Right and left covers to air duct ..................... 3 Nm
Right and left covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Cover, front, to right and left covers ............... 1 Nm
Right and left turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Fuel filter to stowage-compartment frame ...... 9 Nm
Checking clutch play, adjust- Checking brake pads and discs for
wear, replacing if necessary
ing if necessary
21 00 004
(Inspections I, II and III)
(Inspections II and III)
A
Checking brake pads for wear
Brake pads, front brake
1
E000240
•
Release lever (1) on the gearbox must be located
on the splines such that when it is pressed forward as far as the release point, distance “A” is
as specified.
Distance “A” ......... 47...52 mm (1.8504...2.0473 in)
K14000210
•
–
Visually inspect the brake pads.
Replace the brake pads if wear marks (arrows)
are no longer clearly visible.
Brake pads, rear brake
2
3
B
K14000200
•
•
Adjust distance “B” by turning adjusting
screw (2) on the clutch handlebar lever.
Lock adjusting screw (2) with knurled nut (3).
Distance “B” ........ 1.0...2.0 mm (0.0394...0.0787 in)
K14000220
•
–
Visually inspect the brake pads.
Replace the brake pads if wear marks (arrows)
are no longer clearly visible.
X
Tightening torque:
Release lever to release shaft....................... 10 Nm
00.45
2
MIN
3
1
C1340370
Minimum lining thickness
The brake pads have a clearly visible
chamfer (arrow) as wear indicator.
K14000230
•
•
•
•
Remove keeper (1).
Drive out retaining pin (3).
Remove the brake pads.
Remove fasteners (2) and remove brake caliper.
Replacing brake pads
e
Attention:
Do not operate the brake when dismantled.
Do not permit the brake pads to wear past the specified minimum thickness.
Always replace the brake pads as a complete set.
4
00 34 630 Brake pads, front brake
– Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
• Press the brake caliper against the brake disc in
order to force the piston back.
E340010
•
•
•
•
•
Make sure that spring (4) is correctly seated and
installed right way round: engraved arrow must
point in forward direction of travel.
Install the brake pads.
Install the keeper and the retaining pin.
Install brake caliper.
Operate brake several times until brake pads are
bedded.
X
Tightening torque:
Brake caliper to slider tube .......................... 41 Nm
00.46
00 34 633 Brake pads, rear brake
• Press the brake caliper against the brake disc in
order to force the piston back.
Checking the brake discs
•
Carefully check the brake discs for cracking,
damage, deformation and scoring.
1
34 1 571
2
K14000560
K14000250
•
•
•
•
Remove keeper (1).
Remove retaining pin (2) with press-out tool,
BMW No. 34 1 571.
Remove brake pads.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
•
Measure the thickness of the brake discs at several points with a caliper gauge.
Brake disc wear limit
Front brake disc ....................... 4.5 mm (0.1772 in)
Rear brake disc........................ 4.5 mm (0.1772 in)
L Note:
Remove the silencer prior to installation of the retaining pin (a 18.5).
•
Operate brake several times until brake pads are
bedded.
00.47
Checking brake fluid level at front
and rear
Brake fluid level (rear brake)
(Inspections II and III)
Checking brake fluid level (rear brake)
– Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
L
Note:
The volume of the brake fluid (MIN/MAX) is sufficient
for brake-pad thicknesses from new to the wear
limit.
It is not normally necessary to top up the fluid to accommodate lining wear.
A level below MIN indicates the possibility of other
faults.
MAX
MIN
Brake fluid level (front brake)
Checking brake fluid level (front brake)
K14000260
Maximum level ............................................ “MAX”
Minimum level .............................................. “MIN”
Brake fluid ...................................................DOT 4
MAX
MIN
E000120
–
•
–
Support the motorcycle
Move the handlebars to
tion.
The brake fluid must be
and the bottom edge of
on its side stand.
the straight-ahead posibetween the top edge
the sight glass.
Brake fluid....................................................DOT 4
00.48
Checking operation of brake system
and checking for leaks; repairing/
replacing as necessary
00 34 606
(Inspection III)
e
Attention:
Refer to notes on the hazards involved in handling
•
•
•
•
Check all brake lines for damage and correct
routing.
Wipe down all threaded unions on the brake lines
and check them.
Apply firm pressure to the brake lever and brake
pedal and keep this pressure applied for a few
moments.
Release the brakes and check the brake lines for
leaks.
d
Warning:
Defective lines and threaded unions in the brake
system must always be replaced without delay.
Changing brake fluid and
bleeding brake system
(Inspection IV)
brake fluid.
Do not allow brake fluid to come into contact with
painted parts of the motorcycle, because brake fluid
destroys paint.
L Note:
This description applies for the brake filling and
bleeding unit with extraction of the brake fluid by a
partial vacuum at the brake caliper.
If other devices are used, comply with their manufacturers’ instructions.
Changing brake fluid and bleeding
brake system (front brakes)
–
Remove the brake pads (a 00.46).
1
34 1 500
E000420
•
Using special tool, BMW No. 34 1 500, and
strips of metal sheet (1)
(approx. 7 mm/0.2756 in thick), force back the
brake pads.
00.49
L Note:
1
[ABS] Place rubber diaphragm and reservoir cap in
position.
Carefully tighten the securing screws.
e
E000120
–
•
•
•
•
•
Support the motorcycle on its side stand.
Move the handlebars to the straight-ahead position.
Remove cap (1) with rubber diaphragm, draw off
the old brake fluid and clean the reservoir.
Top up the brake fluid in the reservoir to the
specified level.
Connect the brake bleeding device to the bleed
screw on the brake caliper.
Open the bleed screw by half a turn.
e Attention:
While bleeding the system, do not allow the brake
fluid level to drop below the bottom edge of the sight
glass (arrow), as otherwise air will be drawn into the
brake system. Bleed the system again if this happens.
•
•
•
•
•
Attention:
If the vehicle is equipped with ABS, the brake system has to be bled using the BMWMoDiTeC, and
the Control Units, Toolbox ABS, routine; this procedure is supplementary to that described in the Repair Manual.
If the BMWMoDiTeC is not used there is a danger of
residual air remaining in the control circuits of the
ABS system.
•
[ABS] Bleed the brakes using the
BMWMoDiTeC.
Brake fluid ...................................................DOT 4
X
Tightening torque:
Bleed screw ................................................... 7 Nm
Changing brake fluid and bleeding
brake system (rear brakes)
•
Draw off brake fluid until it emerges clear and
free from air bubbles.
Tighten the bleed screw.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
Before reassembling, carefully wipe the rim of
the reservoir, the rubber gaiter and the cover to
remove all traces of brake fluid.
Add brake fluid up to the top of the sight glass.
Press the brake caliper against the brake disc in
order to force the piston back.
2
K14000260
•
•
00.50
Remove cap (2) with rubber diaphragm, draw off
the old brake fluid and clean the reservoir.
Top up the brake fluid in the reservoir to the
specified level.
•
1
•
•
2
•
•
Draw off brake fluid until it emerges clear and
free from air bubbles.
Tighten the bleed screw.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
Before reassembling, carefully wipe the rim of
the reservoir, the rubber gaiter and the cover to
remove all traces of brake fluid.
Top up the brake fluid until the level reaches the
“MAX” mark.
L Note:
K14000590
•
•
Slacken threaded fasteners at front of brake
caliper (2) and swinging arm.
Remove rear securing screw (1).
[ABS] Place rubber diaphragm and reservoir cap in
position.
e
Attention:
If the vehicle is equipped with ABS, the brake system has to be bled using the BMWMoDiTeC, and
the Control Units, Toolbox ABS, routine; this procedure is supplementary to that described in the Repair Manual.
If the BMWMoDiTeC is not used there is a danger of
residual air remaining in the control circuits of the
ABS system.
•
3
[ABS] Bleed the brakes using the
BMWMoDiTeC.
Brake fluid ...................................................DOT 4
X
K14000520
•
•
•
•
Tightening torque:
Bleed screw ................................................... 7 Nm
Brake caliper to swinging arm ...................... 21 Nm
Tilt the brake caliper forward.
Tighten front securing screw (3).
Connect the brake bleeding device to the bleed
screw on the brake caliper.
Open the bleed screw by half a turn.
e Attention:
Brake fluid level must not drop below the MIN mark
during the bleeding process, otherwise air will be
drawn into the brake system. Bleed the system
again if this happens.
00.51
Replacing primary sealing boot,
front brake master cylinder
5
6
(Inspection III, every 40,000 km/24,000 miles for
motorcycles with ABS)
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
e
Attention:
Do not allow brake fluid to come into contact with
painted parts of the motorcycle, because brake fluid
destroys paint.
•
•
Drain the front brake system.
Remove the hand-brake lever.
7
E340140
•
Remove spring (6) with insert (5).
e
Attention:
Note the washer between the brake piston and the
boot.
1
•
•
e
Attention:
Sealing lips of the boots toward the pressure chamber.
2
E340120
•
•
Remove front boot (7).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
Remove thrust pin (2) with boot (1) and spring.
Carefully force back the brake piston.
•
•
•
•
Install new front boot.
Prior to installation, coat the brake piston and the
boots with the assembly fluid supplied.
Lightly grease the thrust pin with
Shell Retinax A.
Fill and bleed the brake system (a 00.49).
X
Tightening torque:
Pivot pin, handbrake lever .............................. 7 Nm
Locknut, handbrake lever............................... 7 Nm
4
3
E340130
•
•
Remove retaining ring (3).
Use pliers to remove brake piston (4).
00.52
Replacing primary sealing boot, rear
brake master cylinder
3
(Inspection III, every 40,000 km/24,000 miles for
motorcycles with ABS)
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
e
Attention:
Do not allow brake fluid to come into contact with
5
painted parts of the motorcycle, because brake fluid
destroys paint.
•
4
E340290
Drain the rear brake system.
•
Remove spring (4) with insert (3).
e
Attention:
Note the washer between the brake piston and the
boot.
•
•
1
Remove front boot (5).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
e Attention:
Sealing lip of the boot toward the pressure chamber.
2
K14000290
•
•
•
•
•
Disengage piston thrust rod (1).
Remove the piston thrust rod complete with
sealing boot (2).
Carefully force back the brake piston.
Remove the circlip.
Use pliers to remove the brake piston.
•
•
•
Install new front boot.
Prior to installation, coat the brake piston and the
boots with the assembly fluid supplied.
Lightly grease the thrust rod with
Shell Retinax A.
e
Attention:
When bleeding a brake system drained beforehand,
always operate the brake lever to the full extent of its
travel several times during the procedure.
–
Fill and bleed the brake system (a 00.50).
00.53
Checking toothed belt pulley and
sprocket, replacing if necessary
3
(Inspection III)
–
•
Remove the sprocket cover.
Check toothed belt pulley and sprocket for damaged teeth and indentations caused by hard objects; replace if necessary.
4
Replacing toothed belt
(Inspection III)
–
K14000480
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
•
•
•
Remove the fastener securing the angled lever to
spring strut (3).
Remove the fastener securing the strut to the
swinging arm (4).
Remove the belt from the belt pulley.
K14000570
–
–
Affix masking tape to rim and swinging
arm (arrows)
Remove cover for belt drive sprocket.
K14000330
•
2
Remove fasteners securing belt cover (arrows).
5
1
11 1 780
•
•
•
•
K14000420
Back off screws of eccentric clamp (1) by 0.5 to
1 turn.
Back off adjusting screw (2) several turns.
Relieve tension on belt by backing off eccentric
with punch, BMW No. 11 1 780.
Remove the brake caliper from the swinging arm.
00.54
K14340121
•
Unclip clip (5) from ABS sensor cable.
K14000490
•
•
Use a strap to secure the rear wheel to the rear
frame (arrow).
Remove the belt from the belt sprocket.
K14000500
•
Working from the front, pass the new belt between the frame and the belt pulley (arrow).
K14000510
K14000580
•
•
•
•
•
Use a strap to secure the swinging arm at the
front (arrow).
Remove the swinging arm pivot shaft.
Press swinging arm with rear wheel back and to
the left, while pressing the brake caliper forward.
Pull the belt forward and remove.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
d
Warning:
Do not bend the belt sharply or twist it. Do not bend
the belt through a radius of less than 100 mm
(3.9371 in).
•
•
Slide the belt onto the swinging arm (arrow).
Holding the belt vertical, pass it between the
swinging arm and the frame.
L
Note:
Grease the pivot shaft of the swinging arm with
Optimoly TA before installing.
Note the thrust washers when installing the swinging arm.
•
–
Preload the new belt and turn it through three
complete revolutions of the belt.
Adjust belt tension (a 00.56).
X
Tightening torque:
Sprocket cover to engine ............................... 2
Eccentric clamp, rear swinging arm
Initial torque ................................................. 10
Final torque .................................................. 21
Belt cover to swinging arm ............................. 9
Brake caliper to swinging arm ...................... 21
Spring strut to angled lever .......................... 41
Reaction link to swinging arm....................... 41
Pivot shaft of swinging arm ........................ 100
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
00.55
Checking belt tension, adjusting if
necessary
(Inspections I, II and III)
Checking belt tension
–
Place the motorcycle without load on the auxiliary stand, BMW No. 00 1 620.
e
Attention:
Check belt tension at room temperature only.
K14000540
•
1
Align the scale of the measuring device flush with
the bottom edge of the belt cover (arrow).
27 0 501
K14000530
27 0 502
e
Attention:
Coloured mark on belt pulley (1) must point toward
the rear when the measuring device is positioned
under the corner of the swinging arm.
If the coloured mark is no longer visible, vertical runout of the belt pulley must be measured before belt
tension can be checked (a 33.15).
•
•
Mount measuring device, BMW No. 27 0 501,
on the toothed belt and turn it until it is under the
corner (arrow) of the swinging arm.
Lock the rear wheel.
00.56
K14000550
•
Suspend weight, BMW No. 27 0 502, from the
measuring device.
Adjusting belt tension
Used belt, new belt
– Place the motorcycle without load on the auxiliary stand, BMW No. 00 1 620.
2
K14000600
•
•
1
The bottom edge of the belt cover must be inside
the green section (arrow) of the scale.
Adjust belt tension if necessary.
11 1 780
K14000420
e
Attention:
If the eccentric clamping screws were backed off
0.5 to 1 turns beforehand, do not slacken them any
further.
•
•
•
Back off screws of eccentric clamp (1) by 0.5 to
1 turn.
Back off adjusting screw (2) several turns.
Relieve tension on belt by backing off eccentric
with punch, BMW No. 11 1 780.
00.57
1
27 0 501
27 0 502
K14000530
K14000550
–
e
Suspend weight, BMW No. 27 0 502, from the
measuring device.
Attention:
Coloured mark on belt pulley (1) must point toward
the rear when the measuring device is positioned
under the corner of the swinging arm.
If the coloured mark is no longer visible, vertical runout of the belt pulley must be measured before belt
tension can be checked (a 33.15).
•
•
A
Mount measuring device, BMW No. 27 0 501,
on the toothed belt and turn it until it is under the
corner (arrow) of the swinging arm.
Lock the rear wheel.
B
K14000610
Used belt
• Tighten the adjusting screw until the boundary of
the green/red area (A) on the scale is flush with
the bottom edge of the belt cover.
New belt
• Tighten the adjusting screw until the black
line (B) on the scale is flush with the bottom edge
of the belt cover.
K14000540
–
Align the scale of the measuring device flush with
the bottom edge of the belt cover (arrow).
•
•
•
•
Remove the weight.
Tighten eccentric clamping screws to specified
initial torque.
Tighten eccentric clamping screws to specified
final torque.
Check that torque wrench clicks at specified final
torque on the eccentric clamping screws.
X
Tightening torque:
Eccentric clamp, rear swinging arm
Initial torque ................................................. 10 Nm
Final torque .................................................. 21 Nm
00.58
Checking battery acid level,
adding distilled water if necessary
61 20 029
(Inspections II, III and IV)
Open the battery caps.
Use only distilled water to top up the acid level in the
battery. Never top up with diluted sulphuric acid.
Protect your eyes, face, hands, clothing and the
paintwork.
–
•
Adding distilled water
e Attention:
d Warning:
Battery acid is highly caustic.
–
61 20 029
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove left cover.
e Attention:
Disconnect the battery only with the ignition
switched off.
Disconnect the negative battery terminal first, then
the positive terminal.
•
•
•
Top up with distilled water until the fluid level
reaches the “UPPER LEVEL” mark.
Firmly retighten the battery caps.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
When connecting the battery lead, always make
sure that the spring washer is between the screw
head and the battery lead.
Cleaning and greasing battery terminals, if necessary
61 21 520
(Inspection IV)
–
–
–
1
e Attention:
2
K14000280
•
•
•
•
•
•
Release clamping strap.
Disconnect ground cable (2) from the battery.
Disconnect the battery breather hose (arrow)
from the battery.
Remove the battery.
Rest the battery on the fuel tank.
Disconnect positive lead (1) from battery.
61 20 029
•
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove left cover.
Remove the battery.
Checking battery acid level
Check the battery fluid level.
The battery fluid level must be between
maximum “UPPER LEVEL” and
minimum “LOWER LEVEL”.
Disconnect the battery only with the ignition
switched off.
Disconnect the negative battery terminal first, then
the positive terminal.
•
Clean the battery terminals and grease them with
acid-proof battery grease.
Acid-proof battery terminal grease
................................................e.g. Bosch Ft 40 V1
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
e
Attention:
Connect the positive battery terminal first, then the
negative terminal.
L Note:
When connecting the battery lead, always make
sure that the spring washer is between the screw
head and the battery lead.
00.59
32 00 454 Checking
and adjusting
steering head bearing play,
replacing if necessary
A
(Inspections II and III)
Checking steering head bearing play
•
4
B
Relieve load on front wheel.
K14310090
•
•
•
•
•
K14000300
•
•
•
–
Move fixed fork tubes forward (arrows).
Adjust the steering head bearing if play is perceptible.
Swing the fork legs all the way through their full
range of travel and check for points of stiffness.
Replace the steering head bearings if there are
catches in the movement
(a 31.17).
32 00 454 Adjusting
e
1
2
3
K14310070
•
Remove protective cap (1).
Release clamping screws (2) at upper fork
bridge.
Slacken clamping screw (3) for the steering tube.
00.60
–
–
Attention:
Cover or mask off the instrument cluster, trim and
covers to prevent scratches.
•
•
•
steering head bear-
ing play
2
•
•
•
•
Slacken adjusting screw (4), then tighten it to
25 Nm.
Turn forks back and forth twice from lock to lock,
and leave the forks at the full left lock position.
Apply mark “A”.
Apply mark “B”.
Back off the adjusting screw until mark “B” is
aligned with mark “A”.
Tighten clamping screw of steering tube.
Tighten clamping screws of the fork bridge.
Check play and freedom of movement.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
Raise the front wheel clear of the ground and
perform final check.
With the front wheel off the ground, the weight of
the forks must be enough to turn the steering all
the way to the left and right full lock positions as
soon as the handlebars are moved away from the
straight-ahead position.
If local points of stiffness are detected when the
handlebar is moved to and fro, renew the steering head bearings.
X
Tightening torque:
Initial torque of adjusting screw .................... 25 Nm
Back off through angle ..................................... 60 °
Clamping screws, fork bridge
and steering head ........................................ 23 Nm
Greasing side stand
Checking specified torque of
threaded fasteners with torque
wrench
(Inspections II and III)
Side stand
–
(Inspections I, II, III and IV)
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
•
–
–
–
–
–
Check the security of the following threaded fasteners:
Engine mounting bolts and nuts
Threaded fasteners of frame
Threaded fasteners of rear frame
Eccentric clamp
manifold fastener
X
E460011
•
•
Grease bearing bush (arrow) with a grease gun
until fresh grease emerges at the lubricated faces.
If very dirty and stiff to move, remove the side
stand and grease its pivots.
Tightening torque:
Engine to frame at rear ................................. 50 Nm
Cylinder head to frame ................................. 41 Nm
Cylinder head to frame, locknut.................. 100 Nm
Engine shell to engine .................................. 55 Nm
Engine shell to engine at bottom with truss .. 55 Nm
Engine shell to tube ..................................... 24 Nm
Rear frame to main frame
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)........................ 24 Nm
Eccentric clamp, rear swinging arm
Initial torque ................................................. 10 Nm
Final torque .................................................. 21 Nm
Exhaust manifold to cylinder head................ 20 Nm
Silencer to exhaust manifold ........................ 55 Nm
Lubricant:
for bearing bushing .......... Staburags NBU 30 PTM
00.61
Final inspection with road safety
and functional check
(Inspections I, II, III and IV)
Road safety check
• Check wheels and tyres.
• Check tyre pressures and correct if necessary.
Tyre tread depth (recommended minimum value)
d
Warning:
Thread depth must comply with legal regulations
concerning minimum tyre tread depth.
Front wheel .................................. 2 mm (0.0787 in)
Rear wheel ................................... 3 mm (0.1181 in)
Tyre pressures (tyres cold)
One-up
Front wheel ............................. 2.2 bar (31.306 psi)
Rear wheel ............................. 2.5 bar (35.575 psi)
With full load
Front wheel ............................. 2.2 bar (31.306 psi)
Rear wheel ............................. 2.5 bar (35.575 psi)
Roadworthiness check
– Clutch, gear shift
– Steering
– Handbrake and footbrake
– Lights and signalling equipment, telltale and
warning lights, instruments
– Side-stand switch
– If necessary, test ride
00.62
11
11 Engine
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 5
Cutaway view of engine
Engine oil circuit
.......................................................................................................... 11
.........................................................................................................................12
Engine and oil-tank system
Valve gear
..................................................................................................13
.......................................................................................................................................14
Valves, components
..................................................................................................................15
Oil pumps, components
.......................................................................................................... 16
Removing and installing oil pressure switch with engine installed
Removing and installing oil pressure switch
Cleaning oil tank and oil lines
..................................................................... 17
.............................................................................................17
Removing and installing cylinder head, engine installed
Preparatory work
............... 17
..................................... 18
........................................................................................................................... 18
Removing camshafts
...................................................................................................................20
Removing cylinder head .............................................................................................................20
Removing cylinder, engine installed
Removing engine
Preparatory work
................................................................................22
........................................................................................................................23
...........................................................................................................................23
Removing engine ...........................................................................................................................24
Transferring engine to assembly frame
...............................................................................25
11.1
Contents
Page
Disassembling engine
..............................................................................................................26
Removing cylinder head .............................................................................................................26
Removing camshafts .........................................................................................................................26
Checking camshaft for wear ..............................................................................................................27
Removing and installing timing-chain sprockets ................................................................................27
Checking centrifugal decompressor lever ..........................................................................................27
Disassembling and assembling the centrifugal decompressor ..........................................................27
Removing cylinder head ....................................................................................................................28
Checking timing chain for wear .........................................................................................................28
Disassembling and assembling cylinder head .................................................................29
Removing valves ...............................................................................................................................29
Bore for bucket tappet ......................................................................................................................29
Checking valve guide for wear ...........................................................................................................30
Removing valve guide ........................................................................................................................30
Installing valve guide .........................................................................................................................31
Checking valve seat for wear .............................................................................................................31
Installing valve stem seal ...................................................................................................................32
Checking valve for wear ....................................................................................................................32
Installing valves .................................................................................................................................33
Removing cylinder
........................................................................................................................33
Checking cylinder
.........................................................................................................................33
Removing piston ............................................................................................................................34
Disassembling piston
..................................................................................................................34
Determining clearance of piston in cylinder
Determining piston ring gaps
..................................................................................................35
Determining piston pin clearance
Assembling pistons
......................................................................34
..........................................................................................35
......................................................................................................................35
Removing ignition magneto
......................................................................................................35
Removing countershaft for starter
.........................................................................................36
Disassembling and assembling freewheel .........................................................................37
Disassembling freewheel ...................................................................................................................37
Assembling freewheel .......................................................................................................................37
Removing clutch
............................................................................................................................38
Removing pressure plate ...................................................................................................................38
Removing clutch plates .....................................................................................................................38
Removing and installing oil pump
..........................................................................................39
Removing oil pump ............................................................................................................................39
Inspecting oil pump ...........................................................................................................................39
Installing oil pump .............................................................................................................................39
Removing double drive gear
11.2
....................................................................................................40
Contents
Page
Removing crankshaft and balancing shaft .........................................................................40
Checking crankshaft for wear ............................................................................................................41
Removing compensating gear
................................................................................................41
Removing and installing crankshaft gear ............................................................................41
Removing and installing gearbox mainshaft bearings
..................................................42
Removing and installing gearbox countershaft bearings
............................................42
Removing and installing grooved ball bearings of balancing shaft
.........................43
Removing and installing main bearings ...............................................................................43
Removal ............................................................................................................................................43
Installation .........................................................................................................................................44
Assembling engine
....................................................................................................................45
Installing crankshaft and balancing shaft
...........................................................................45
Shimming crankshaft .........................................................................................................................45
Installing double drive gear .......................................................................................................46
Installing oil pump gears
Installing clutch
............................................................................................................47
..............................................................................................................................48
Installing clutch cage .........................................................................................................................48
Installing driver ..................................................................................................................................48
Installing pressure plate .....................................................................................................................49
Installing countershaft for starter motor
..............................................................................49
Installing magnetic ignition trigger .........................................................................................50
Installing piston
..............................................................................................................................51
Installing cylinder
...........................................................................................................................52
Installing cylinder head
...............................................................................................................52
Installing camshaft and adjusting valves
............................................................................54
Installing engine
..........................................................................................................................56
Bleeding engine oil circuit .................................................................................................................57
11.3
11.4
11
Technical Data 11 Engine
F 650 CS
Engine, general
Type
Single-cylinder four-stroke, double overhead camshafts driven by roller chain, 4 valves operated by
bucket tappets, balancing shaft, liquid-cooled cylinder and cylinder head, integral water pump, 5-speed
gearbox and dry sump lubrication.
Cylinder bore
mm (in)
100 (3.94)
Stroke
mm (in)
83.0 (3.27)
Displacement
cc
652
Compression ratio
11.5 : 1
Power output
kW
37 at 6800 rpm/25 at 6500 rpm
Max. torque
Nm
62 at 5500 rpm/50 at 3500 rpm
Idle speed
rpm
1400
Max. continuous engine speed
rpm
7,000
Max. engine speed
rpm
7500
Crankshaft (main) bearings
Plain bearing
Engine lubrication
Dry sump, with oil pump
Cylinder
Light alloy, “Nikasil” coated
Piston
Cast aluminium with 3 rings
Oil filter
Full-flow type
Oil pump
2 trochoid pumps, driven by primary drive
Oil capacity
l (Imp.
2.5 (4.4/2.64)
pints/US
quarts)
Oil pressure (idle speed)
bar (psi)
Permissible oil consumption
l/100 km 0.1 (0.176/0.1057)
(miles per
Imp. pint/
miles per
US quart
Š 0.5 (7.11) (oil temperature 80 °C/176 °F)
Crank gear
Main bearing play
Installed dimension
mm (in)
0.030...0.070 (0.0012...0.0028)
Wear limit
mm (in)
0.10 (0.004)
Wear limit, main bearing bore diameter
mm (in)
46.08 (1.81)
Main bearing diameter
mm (in)
47.97 (1.9)
Bearing play
mm (in)
0.10 (0.004)
Clutch side
mm (in)
0.03 (0.0012)
Magnet side
mm (in)
0.05 (0.002)
Big-end bore
mm (in)
0.08 (0.031)
Small-end bore
mm (in)
0.05 (0.002)
Wear limit
Runout at crankpin
Connecting rod
Wear limit, connecting rod
Radial clearance
11.5
Technical Data 11 Engine
F 650 CS
Big end bearing endplay
Installed dimension
mm (in) 0.30...0.65 (0.012...0.026)
Wear limit
mm (in) 0.80 (0.031)
Small-end bore
Installed dimension
mm (in) 22.015...22.025 (0.8668...0.8671)
Wear limit
mm (in) 22.04 (0.868)
Balancing shaft
Bearing journals
Wear limit
mm (in) 19.96 (0.79)
Cylinder head
Camshaft journals, inlet/exhaust
Wear limit
Camshaft bearing play, inlet/exhaust
Wear limit
mm (in) 21.967...21.980 (0.8649...0.8654)
mm (in) 21.950 (0.8642)
mm (in) 0.020...0.060 (0.0008...0.0024)
mm (in) 0.090 (0.0035)
Valves
Valve clearances with engine cold
(max. 35 °C/95 °F)
Inlet valve
mm (in) 0.03...0.11 (0.0012...0.043)
Exhaust valve
mm (in) 0.25...0.33 (0.001...0.013)
Valve timing (at 3 mm/0.12 in) valve clearance)
Inlet opens
13° after TDC
Inlet closes
25° after BDC
Exhaust opens
25° before BDC
Exhaust closes
13° before TDC
Valve head dia.
Inlet
mm (in) 36 (1.42)
Exhaust
mm (in) 31 (1.22)
Stem dia.
Inlet
mm (in) 4.90...4.94 (0.193...0.194)
Wear limit
mm (in) 4.89 (0.1925)
Exhaust
mm (in) 4.90...4.94 (0.193...0.194)
Wear limit
mm (in) 4.89 (0.1925)
Valve stem play - installed clearance
Inlet
mm (in) 0.016...0.058 (0.0006...0.0023)
Wear limit
mm (in) 0.130 (0.0051)
Exhaust
mm (in) 0.031...0.073 (0.0012...0.0029)
Wear limit
mm (in) 0.145 (0.0057)
Valve seat angle
Inlet
° 45
Exhaust
° 45
Included valve angle
Inlet
° 15
Exhaust
° 18
11.6
Technical Data 11 Engine
F 650 CS
Valve seat width
Inlet
mm (in) 1.05...1.35 (0.041...0.053)
Wear limit
mm (in) 1.60 (0.063)
Exhaust
mm (in) 1.25...1.55 (0.049...0.061)
Wear limit
mm (in) 2.2 (0.087)
Valve guide
Inlet internal dia.
mm (in) 5.006...5.018 (0.1971...0.1976)
Wear limit
mm (in) 5.080 (0.2)
Exhaust internal dia.
mm (in) 5.006...5.018 (0.1971...0.1976)
Wear limit
mm (in) 5.080 (0.2)
Bucket tappets (wear limit)
Extl. dia.
mm (in) 33.400 (1.315)
Radial play in cylinder head
mm (in)
Guide dia. in cylinder head
mm (in) 33.600 (1.322)
0.200 (0.0079)
Valve spring
On installation (free length)
Wear limit
mm (in) min. 40.5 (1.59)
mm (in) 39.0 (1.535)
Camshafts
Wear limit, inlet and exhaust
Bearing journals
mm (in) 21.95 (0.864)
Cam height, inlet
mm (in) 39.35...39.45 (1.545...1.553)
Cam height, exhaust
mm (in) 39.15...39.25 (1.541...1.545)
Wear limit, inlet
mm (in) 39.25 (1.545)
Wear limit, exhaust
mm (in) 39.05 (1.537)
Bearing bore dia. in camshaft carrier
mm (in) 22.040 (0.868)
Oil pressure control valve
Coil spring length, relaxed
mm (in) min. 14.0 (0.55)
Oil retaining valve
Coil spring length, relaxed
mm (in) min. 14.5 (0.57)
Piston
Piston dia. “A”
Installed dimension
Wear limit
Installed clearance
Wear limit
mm (in) 99.975...99.985 (3.9361...3.9365)
mm (in) 99.940 (3.9347)
mm (in) 0.015...0.040 (0.0006...0.0016)
mm (in) 0.090 (0.0035)
Piston dia. “B”
Installed dimension
Wear limit
Installed clearance
Wear limit
mm (in) 99.985...99.995 (3.9365...3.9369)
mm (in) 99.950 (3.935)
mm (in) 0.015...0.040 (0.0006...0.0016)
mm (in) 0.090 (0.0035)
11.7
Technical Data 11 Engine
F 650 CS
Piston rings
Groove 1: square-section ring
Ring thickness
mm (in) 1.2 (0.047)
Ring height wear limit
mm (in) 1.15 (0.045)
Ring gap
mm (in) 0.2...0.4 (0.008...0.016)
Gap wear limit
mm (in) 1.0 (0.039)
Groove height wear limit
mm (in) 1.30 (0.051)
Ring groove float
mm (in) 0.03...0.065 (0.0012...0.0026)
Ring groove float wear limit
mm (in) 0.15 (0.006)
Groove 2: stepped micro-taper ring
Ring thickness
mm (in) 1.5 (0.059)
Ring height wear limit
mm (in) 1.45 (0.057)
Ring gap
mm (in) 0.2...0.4 (0.008...0.016)
Gap wear limit
mm (in) 1.0 (0.039)
Groove height wear limit
mm (in) 1.6 (0.063)
Ring groove float
mm (in) 0.03...0.065 (0.0012...0.0026)
Ring groove float wear limit
mm (in) 0.15 (0.0059)
Groove 3: steel-strip oil control ring
Ring gap
mm (in) 0.2...0.4 (0.008...0.016)
Gap wear limit
mm (in) 1.0 (0.039)
Groove height wear limit
mm (in) 2.6 (0.102)
Ring groove float
mm (in) 0.03...0.065 (0.0012...0.0026)
Ring groove float wear limit
mm (in) 0.15 (0.0059)
Piston pin
Piston pin dia.
Wear limit
Piston pin clearance in conrod bore
Wear limit
in bore (piston)
Wear limit
mm (in) 21.98 (0.865)
mm (in) 0.015...0.029 (0.0006...0.0011)
mm (in) 0.050 (0.002)
mm (in) 0.012...0.021 (0.0005...0.0008)
mm (in) 0.050 (0.002)
Cylinder
Bore
Cylinder “A”
mm (in) 100.000...100.012 (3.9371...3.9376)
Wear limit
mm (in) 100.03 (3.9382)
Bore
Cylinder “B”
mm (in) 100.012...100.024 (3.9376...3.9380)
Wear limit
mm (in) 100.04 (3.9386)
Timing chain
Wear limit
Distance from sealing face of plug to piston
of chain tensioner
11.8
mm (in) 9.0 (0.354)
Technical Data 11 Engine
F 650 CS
Clutch and gearbox
Clutch friction plates (8)
Installed dimension of each plate
mm (in) 3.45...3.55 (0.136...0.140)
Wear limit, height of cluster (total)
mm (in) 27.5 (1.083)
Clutch springs
Wear limit at 190 N
mm (in) 27.4 (1.079)
Oil pump
Oil pumps
primary/secondary
Housing depth (primary)
mm (in) 14 (0.551)
Housing depth (secondary)
mm (in) 19 (0.748)
Wear limit, installed clearance (radial)
mm (in) 0.25 (0.01 )
Wear limit, installed clearance (axial)
mm (in) 0.25 (0.01)
11.9
11.10
Cutaway view of engine
110054
11.11
F 119109
Engine oil circuit
1. Delivery pump
2. Oil tank
3. Check valve
4. Oil filter
5. Control valve
6. Low-pressure line (gearbox)
7. Low-pressure line (clutch)
8. High-pressure line (crankshaft)
9. High-pressure line (big end bearing)
10.High-pressure line (camshafts)
11.Chain tensioner
12.Spray nozzle (for piston)
13.Oil sump
14.Suction pump
11.12
Engine and oil-tank system
K14110010
11.13
Valve gear
E110440
11.14
Valves, components
E110450
11.15
Oil pumps, components
E110460
11.16
11 41 Removing
and installing oil
pressure switch with engine
installed
11 43
Removing and installing oil pressure
switch
–
–
–
Cleaning oil tank and oil lines
Drain the engine oil from the engine and oil tank
(a 00.30).
Remove the oil strainer (a 00.34).
Remove intake air silencer (a 13.7).
1
11 7 671
2
3
K14110100
K14110060
•
•
•
•
•
Remove rubber cap (1).
Disconnect plug (2), without pulling on the cable.
Remove oil pressure switch (3).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure: pay particular attention to the following.
Use a new sealing ring.
X
Tightening torque:
Oil-pressure switch in engine
(clean threads + Loctite 243........................ 12 Nm)
•
•
Disconnect oil feed and return lines at oil tank
and frame at top (arrow).
Connect flushing hose, BMW No. 11 7 671, to
oil tank.
L Note:
Always use flushing hose, BMW No. 11 7 671, to
flush the system. This is the only way of ensuring
that enough oil flows past the baffle plates and into
the frame members.
•
•
•
•
Flush the oil tank with thin oil until clean oil
emerges at the outlet.
Remove the oil lines, flush them with thin oil and
then blow them through with compressed air.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Install oil lines with new sealing rings.
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment frame to main frame .. 9 Nm
Fuel filter to stowage-compartment frame ...... 9 Nm
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
Oil drain plug, engine ................................... 40 Nm
Oil drain plug, frame ..................................... 21 Nm
Oil line to frame ............................................ 42 Nm
Oil strainer to frame...................................... 80 Nm
11.17
11 12 116 Removing
and installing cylinder head, engine installed
e
Attention:
If an engine failure occurs, the oil tank and oil lines
must be cleaned (a 11.17).
Preparatory work
–
–
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
Remove the left, right, front and rear covers
(a 46.6).
Remove the stowage-compartment frame
(a 46.14).
Disconnect battery.
Remove exhaust with oxygen sensor (a 18.5).
Drain coolant (a 00.42).
Drain engine oil.
Remove starter (a 12.9).
Expose radiator and remove fan (a 17.12).
Remove the intake air silencer together with the
intake air pipe (a 13.7).
Remove knurled nut securing throttle cable to
throttle flap stub and disengage the throttle cable
from the guide.
Disengage throttle cable from adapter.
Remove the intake stub from the cylinder head
and lay it carefully on the right-hand side, complete with the throttle flap stub.
Disconnect the ignition coil from the spark plug.
Remove the fastener securing the ignition-coil
bracket and remove the ignition coil complete
with bracket.
11.18
1
2
K14110030
•
•
•
•
Use pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500, to open the
clamp securing the breather hose at the cylinder
head cover.
Remove cylinder head cover (1).
Remove spark plug.
Remove centre screw plug in engine block cover, right.
L Note:
TDC position: marks on the timing-chain sprockets
are parallel with the cylinder head, the bores in the
timing-chain sprockets are at the top.
•
Turn crankshaft to TDC position with an Allen
key.
L Note:
Watch out for escaping oil and catch it in a suitable
container.
•
Remove screw (2) close to the oil feed stub pipe
and install locking screw, BMW No. 11 6 570, to
prevent the crankshaft from turning.
11.19
11 31 022 Removing
camshafts
11 12 116
–
2
1
•
Removing cylinder head
Remove right and left frame trim panels
(a 46.14).
Remove lower section of camshaft carrier.
3
E110420
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove chain guide (1).
Remove upper section of camshaft carrier (2).
Press chain tensioning rail back against chain
tensioner.
Remove camshafts with chain sprockets.
Secure timing chain with retaining wire.
Remove front chain guide rail (3).
E110480
•
•
Remove screws securing cylinder head to
frame (arrow).
Use pin wrench, BMW No. 11 6 661, to slacken
the locknut.
L Note:
Note washers.
•
Back off the adjuster sleeves.
4
5
K14110040
•
•
11.20
Disconnect the coolant hose from cylinder
head (4) and drain the last of the coolant from the
radiator.
Disconnect the plug for temperature sensor (5).
•
•
•
When looping the timing chain over the camshaft
sprockets, make sure that the sprockets are at
the TDC position.
Install chain guide rail.
Before installing the cylinder head cover, remove
all traces of the gasket and clean the sealing face
with degreasing agent. Also clean the groove
and the seating faces for the gasket.
2
X
1
E110110
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Slacken the screw plug for chain tensioner.
Remove machine screws for chaincase (1).
If applicable, disconnect plug of oil-pressure
sensor.
If applicable, remove oil pressure switch.
Remove rear collar screw (2) from cylinder head.
Remove front collar screws from cylinder head.
Remove top collar screws from cylinder head.
Remove collar nuts from cylinder head.
Raise cylinder head clear of stud bolts, turn the
cylinder head and lift it toward the rear to remove.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
If applicable, install chain tensioner in cylinder
head.
L
Note:
Replace cylinder head gasket.
Tightening torque:
Silencer to exhaust elbow ............................ 55 Nm
Exhaust elbow to cylinder head.................... 20 Nm
Air intake stub to cylinder head .................... 21 Nm
Cylinder head cover to cylinder head ........... 10 Nm
Spark plug in cylinder head .......................... 20 Nm
Rear frame to main frame
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)........................ 24 Nm
Oil flow and return lines to engine ................ 42 Nm
Timing-chain tensioner to cylinder head ....... 40 Nm
Chain guide to camshaft carrier
(clean thread + Loctite 243).......................... 10 Nm
Camshaft bearing bridge to cylinder head .... 10 Nm
Cylinder head to frame ................................. 41 Nm
Cylinder head to frame, adjuster sleeve
..............................................zero play, max. 5 Nm
Cylinder head to frame, locknut.................. 100 Nm
Socket-head screws, chaincase .................. 10 Nm
Collar screws, cylinder head ........................ 33 Nm
Collar screws, cylinder head ........ first stage 20 Nm
.............................................. second stage 60 Nm
Starter to clutch cover.................................. 10 Nm
Oil pressure switch in engine block
(clean thread + Loctite 243).......................... 12 Nm
Cable cover to engine .................................... 9 Nm
14
3/7
12
5/9
11
15
4/8
16
•
•
13 6/10
16
K14110050
Initially tighten the collar nuts of the cylinder head
to 20 Nm (3-6) and then tighten to 60 Nm (7-10).
Tighten the fasteners of the cylinder head to cylinder in the sequence as shown (11-16) to specified torque.
11.21
11 11 150 Removing
cylinder, engine
installed
–
Remove cylinder head (a 11.20).
11 6 510
E110520
E110500
•
Use pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500, to open the
clamp securing the coolant hose to the water
pump (arrow) and disconnect the hose.
•
•
•
•
•
Space the piston ring gaps at 120°.
Oil the piston rings and press the sliding piston
ring sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 510, over the piston
rings from above so that the piston projects from
the sliding sleeve by about 2 mm (0.08 in).
Push the timing chain through the chain aperture
in the cylinder and secure the chain.
Slip the cylinder over the piston.
Remove sliding sleeve.
X
Tightening torque:
Cylinder to engine block............................... 10 Nm
Ground cable to cylinder ................................ 8 Nm
E110510
•
•
•
•
•
Remove protective cap.
Disconnect ground cable (arrow) from cylinder.
Remove cylinder base screws.
Push the rear chain guide forward and carefully
lift the cylinder clear.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L
Note:
When installing, use a new cylinder base gasket.
11.22
11 00 050
Removing engine
e
Attention:
If an engine failure occurs, the oil tank and oil lines
must be cleaned (a 11.17).
11 00 050
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
–
•
•
•
•
Preparatory work
L
Note:
It is not necessary to remove the belt sprocket if the
engine is to be replaced. The belt sprocket is included in the scope of supply of the engine. Note that
the belt has to be slackened if the belt sprocket is
not removed.
–
Remove seat.
Remove left and right covers (a 46.6).
Remove frame trim panels (a 46.14).
Remove exhaust (a 18.5).
Drain coolant (a 00.42).
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Secure front wheel in position.
Disconnect battery negative terminal.
Drain engine oil (a 00.30).
Disconnect clutch cable from release lever.
Disconnect oil feed line from frame.
Push cable for ABS sensor out of clip on oil feed
line.
Disconnect the oil return line at the bottom.
Remove belt sprocket (a 27.5) or slacken belt
(a 00.54), as applicable.
10
5
9
6
8
7
K14110080
•
•
•
•
•
1
4
•
•
2
•
3
–
Remove ground terminal (5) from the engine.
Disconnect plug of side-stand switch (7).
Unscrew connector for neutral indicator (8).
Disconnect the plug of ignition trigger (6).
Disconnect plug of oil pressure sensor (9) in oil
filter housing.
Disconnect positive lead from starter motor.
Cut open 2 cable ties on cable for side-stand
switch.
Disconnect the plug for the temperature
sensor (10).
Remove side-stand bottom truss.
K14110070
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove fastener for oil return line (3).
Open non-reusable clip (2) at crankcase breather.
Open clamp securing coolant hose. Disconnect
the hose; note that the hose might still contain
liquid.
Tie up the hoses at the front.
Remove cable cover from the engine.
Disconnect plugs (1) of voltage regulator.
Remove cover for belt sprocket (4).
11.23
11 00 050
•
11
•
Removing engine
Secure adapter, BMW No. 11 0 591, to the plate
for the engine lifter.
Place engine lifter, BMW No. 00 1 540, under
engine.
1
12
K14110090
2
•
•
•
•
•
Disengage fuse box (12).
Remove fasteners securing intake stub (11) to
cylinder head.
Disconnect integrated ignition coil from spark
plug.
Remove the left-hand coolant hose.
Remove fasteners for engine shell and remove
engine shell with voltage regulator.
L Note:
When locating pin, BMW No. 11 0 661, is inserted
and the floating bearing stud is pulled out 24 cm
(9.45 in), the rear swinging arm remains in place in
the frame, but the engine is free.
•
•
•
•
Slacken nut of swinging-arm bearing.
Insert locating pin, BMW No. 11 0 661, to force
swinging-arm stud out of frame and pull the stud
24 cm (9.45 in) out of the frame.
Remove bottom rear engine mount fastener.
Remove the gear shift pedal.
11.24
24 cm
E110040
•
•
•
•
•
•
Secure the engine lifter by installing stud bolt (1)
through bottom bore in engine block and securing stud (2) in top bore in engine block.
Remove screws securing cylinder head to frame
on left and right. Use pin
wrench, BMW No. 11 6 661, to slacken the locknuts and back off the adjusting sleeves.
Working carefully, slightly lower the engine, taking care not to damage the radiator.
Disconnect the crankcase breather.
Lower the engine all the way.
Turn the engine toward the left and push it clear
of the motorcycle.
Transferring engine to assembly frame
11 0 531
E110530
•
•
•
•
•
•
Secure threaded adapter, BMW No 11 0 531, to
engine mount.
Detach the engine from the engine lifter, leaving
the engine on the lifting platform.
Lay the engine on its left side, as viewed in the
forward direction of travel.
Secure engine adapter, BMW No. 11 0 640, to
the right side of the engine without a spacer.
Position the assembly stand beside the lifting
platform.
Manoeuvre the engine so that the engine adapter
is level with the flange of the assembly stand.
2
1
E110060
•
•
Secure engine adapter (1) to the flange of the assembly stand (2).
Turn engine adapter.
11.25
1
2
5
4
3
K14110030
11 00 103 Disassembling
engine
•
•
e
Attention:
If there is any mechanical damage, the oil tank and
the oil lines must be flushed (a 11.17).
Turn crankshaft to TDC position with an Allen
key.
Remove screws (5) and lock the crankshaft with
locating screw, BMW No. 11 6 570.
L Note:
Check security with Allen key.
11 12 516 Removing
–
•
•
•
•
cylinder head
Remove starter (a 12.9)
Remove oil lines.
Remove cylinder head cover (1).
Remove spark plug.
Remove centre screw plug in engine block cover, right.
11.26
11 31 522 Removing camshafts
• Do not remove chain sprockets unless they need
to be replaced.
• Remove chain tensioner (3).
• Remove chain guide (4) from between the chain
sprockets.
• Remove fasteners securing camshaft carrier (2).
•
•
Remove camshafts with chain sprockets.
Remove the lower camshaft carrier.
Checking centrifugal decompressor lever
L
Note:
Never stretch the spring, since this alters the preset
Checking camshaft for wear
spring force.
•
When activated, the lever must not project beyond the cam base circle by less than
distance “B”.
00 2 590
F110040
•
•
Measure bearing play with
Plastigage type PG-1, BMW No. 00 2 590.
Tighten camshaft carrier to specified torque.
B
E110090
X
Tightening torque:
Camshaft carrier........................................... 10 Nm
Distance “B”................................ 0.6 mm (0.024 in)
•
Remove camshaft carrier and determine bearing
clearance using comparative scale.
11 31 530 Disassembling and assembling the
centrifugal decompressor
Wear limits:
Cam height I.......................min. 39.25 mm (1.55 in)
Cam height E .....................min. 39.05 mm (1.54 in)
Bearing journal diameter min. 21.950 mm (0.864 in)
Bearing diameter in
bearing block ..................max. 22.040 mm (0.87 in)
Bearing play ....................max. 0.090 mm (0.004 in)
2
11 31 671 Removing and installing timing-chain
sprockets
• Clamp the camshaft in a vise fitted with protective jaws.
• Remove the fastener securing the sprocket to
the camshaft and remove the camshaft sprocket.
• Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
• Before installing, oil the thread of the chainsprocket fastener.
X
Tightening torque:
Sprocket to camshaft
(thread oiled) ................................................ 60 Nm
3
1
E110100
L
Note:
If the centrifugal decompressor is dismantled,
spring (3) must always be replaced.
•
•
•
Use a suitable punch to press shaft (1) out of
centrifugal weight (2).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
After assembly, check ease of movement of centrifugal weight.
11.27
1
3
2
E110111
11 12 116 Removing cylinder head
• Remove front chain rail (1).
• Release the coolant line hose clips with
pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500.
• Secure timing chain with cable tie.
– Remove starter (a 12.9).
• Remove collar nuts from cylinder head.
Checking timing chain for wear
4
L
Note:
If the cylinder head does not have to be disassembled, do not separate cylinder head from cylinder.
In this case the next six steps can be omitted.
•
•
•
•
•
•
A
Remove machine screws for chaincase (2).
Remove rear collar screw (3) from cylinder head.
Remove front collar screws from cylinder head.
Remove top collar screws from cylinder head.
Separate the cylinder head from the cylinder.
Remove cylinder head.
B
F111060
•
•
11.28
Push hydraulic chain tensioner (4) toward the
tensioner rail in the guide on the cylinder, until resistance to movement is felt.
Measure distance “A” from the sealing face to
the chain tensioner piston.
•
•
If the wear limit, distance “B”, is exceeded, first
inspect the tensioner rail and the two guide rails
for score-marks and replace them if necessary.
If a part has to be replaced, repeat the measurement procedure described above.
If the wear limit has been exceeded, the timing
chain must be replaced.
Distance “B” ......................max. 9.0 mm (0.0354 in)
Disassembling and assembling cylinder head
11 12 528
11 34 020 Removing valves
• Use suction cup, BMW No. 11 3 251, to pull out
the bucket-type tappets.
• Check that bucket tappets and guides are in perfect condition.
Bore for bucket tappet
In cylinder head............... max. 33.600 mm (1.32 in)
Radial clearance, bucket
tappets.......................... max. 0.200 mm (0.008 in)
e Attention:
The bucket tappets must be reinstalled in their original bores, so it is important to mark them accordingly (risk of jamming).
11 5 691
11 5 692
11 0 521
11 0 522
6
5
4
11 0 523
3
E110130
L Note:
2
To simplify removal of the valve collets, tap the
valves sharply with a plastic-faced hammer.
•
•
1
E110120
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Valve
Lower valve retainer
Valve stem seal
Valve spring
Upper valve retainer
Valve collets
Secure the cylinder head to support
plate, BMW No. 11 0 523.
Secure adapter plate, BMW No. 11 0 521,
support, BMW No. 11 5 691,
spindle, BMW No. 11 5 692,
nut, BMW No. 11 5 693, and thrust
plate, BMW No. 11 0 522.
L
Note:
When removing the exhaust valves, slip suitable
washers (approx. 5 mm (0.2 in) thick) between
thrust spindle and thrust plate and dispense with the
nut for securing the thrust plate to the thrust spindle.
•
•
•
Press down the valves with the thrust plate.
Use a screwdriver to press apart and remove the
valve collets.
Pull the valves down to remove.
11.29
Checking valve guide for wear
11 0 571
00 2 510
F110140
F110111
•
•
Insert new valve from combustion chamber side
into valve guide until it reaches the valve stem
seal.
Using dial gauge, BMW No. 00 2 510, positioned vertically on the valve axis, measure maximum tilt clearance across the camshaft axis.
Tilt clearance:
Max. tilt clearance ....................... 0.4 mm (0.016 in)
Inside diameter of
valve guide ..........................max. 5.080 mm (0.2 in)
1
2
F110121
e
Attention:
Do not damage sliding surfaces of bucket tappets:
risk of jamming.
•
Pull off valve stem seal (1) with
pliers, BMW No. 11 1 250.
Remove valve spring support (2) from cylinder
head.
11.30
To simplify driving out, heat the cylinder head to
100 °C (212 °F).
Use temperature measuring
device, BMW No. 00 1 900, to check the temperature.
•
Use drift, BMW No. 11 0 571, to drive out the
valve guide toward the combustion chamber.
e
Attention:
If the valve guide bore in the cylinder head is worn,
the cylinder head must be replaced.
11 12 591 Removing valve guide
•
L Note:
Checking valve seat for wear
• Apply engineer’s blue or a similar product to the
valve seat rings.
• Install correct valve and rotate, applying slight
pressure.
11 12 591 Installing valve guide
1
F110151
•
•
Projection:
Inlet ........................... 9.8...10.2 mm (0.39...0.40 in)
Exhaust ..................... 9.8...10.2 mm (0.39...0.40 in)
L Note:
Only use thread-cutting oil to lubricate the reaming
tool.
Only rotate reaming tool in the cutting direction never in the opposite direction!
Withdraw reaming tool at regular intervals for cleaning: always rotate in cutting direction when doing so!
•
A
Heat the cylinder head to 100 °C (212 °F).
Using driving-in tool, BMW No. 11 0 571, drive
valve guide (1) into the cylinder head until valve
guide projection is as specified.
F110160
•
Check valve seat width “A” and contact pattern
for wear.
Wear limits for valve seat width “A”:
Inlet valve ...................................... 1.6 mm (0.03 in)
Exhaust valve .............................. 2.2 mm (0.087 in)
•
Once the wear limit of the seat width has been
reached, or the contact pattern is no longer perfect, the seat can be remachined.
Ream out valve guide with 5H7 reaming tool.
2
E110540
•
If necessary, remachine valve seat with valve
seat turning tool (2).
Valve seat width “B”:
Inlet valve .................................................... 1.2 mm
Exhaust valve .............................................. 1.4 mm
11.31
Checking valve for wear
11 34 800 Installing valve stem seal
F110190
2
•
1
Check valve stem diameter and valve head seat
width.
Wear dimensions for valve:
Stem diameter
Inlet valve ...........................min. 4.89 mm (0.192 in)
Exhaust valve .....................min. 4.89 mm (0.192 in)
•
Check valve for runout.
L
Note:
Remove oil carbon from valve and deburr grooves
E110120
•
•
Install bottom valve spring retainer (1).
Use a drift, BMW No. 11 6 650, to insert valve
stem seal (2).
11.32
for valve collets with an oilstone.
For wear limits, see Technical Data.
•
Check grooves for valve collets.
11 34 020 Installing valves
11 11 150
•
•
Install valve with shrink-fit tube.
L Note:
Removing cylinder
Separate the cylinder base from the engine
block.
e
Attention:
When removing cylinder, make sure that the piston
Remove the shrink-fit tube.
does not strike the engine block.
11 5 691
11 5 692
•
Remove cylinder.
Checking cylinder
11 0 521
11 0 522
11 0 523
•
•
•
•
E110130
Install valve spring and valve spring plate.
Secure the cylinder head to support
plate, BMW No. 11 0 523.
Secure adapter plate, BMW No. 11 0 521,
support, BMW No. 11 5 691,
spindle, BMW No. 11 5 692,
nut, BMW No. 11 5 693, and thrust
plate, BMW No. 11 0 522.
Press down the valves with the thrust plate.
E110140
•
Check cylinder face and sealing faces for damage and blow out oil ducts for chain tensioner.
L
Note:
When installing the exhaust valves, slip suitable
washers (approx. 5 mm (0.2 in) thick) between
thrust spindle and thrust plate and dispense with the
nut for securing the thrust plate to the thrust spindle.
•
1
2
3
Insert the valve collets.
L Note:
Coat valve collets with a small amount of grease to
facilitate assembly.
•
E110150
Check bucket tappets for damage and fit to correct valves.
•
Measure cylinder bore at distance of
55...65 mm (2.17...2.56 in) from the upper edge
with an internal micrometer at three
points (1, 2, 3).
Wear limits for cylinder bore:
Cylinder A ................... max. 100.03 mm (3.9382 in)
Cylinder B ................... max. 100.04 mm (3.9386 in)
11.33
11 25 050 Removing
•
•
piston
Remove piston pin circlips.
Press out piston pin with
drift, BMW No. 11 6 581.
Determining clearance of piston in cylinder
L Note:
Mark exhaust-valve side on piston crown.
11 25 671 Disassembling
•
•
•
1
2
piston
3
Remove piston rings with piston ring pliers.
Carefully clean piston.
Check piston for signs of damage.
E110150
•
•
Measure cylinder bore at distance of 55...65 mm
(2.17...2.56 in) from the upper edge with an internal micrometer at three points (1, 2, 3).
Make a note of the largest value as
dimension “A”
S
B
E110160
•
Measure piston diameter “B” at distance
H = 16 mm (0.63 in) from the lower edge at a
right angle to the piston pin axis.
L
Note:
Determine piston clearance:
Dimension “A” minus dimension “B” = piston clearance
Piston clearance:
When new
................. 0.024...0.040 mm (0.0094...0.00157 in)
Wear limit ...................... max. 0.100 mm (0.0039 in)
11.34
Determining piston ring gaps
12 11 070
•
•
Install piston ring in cylinder and measure 60 mm
(2.36 in) from top edge of cylinder with feeler
gauge to determine gap.
Removing ignition magneto
Unfasten retainer on right engine housing cover.
12 5 500
Wear dimension:
Ring gap (all piston rings) ............ 1.0 mm (0.039 in)
Determining piston pin clearance
•
•
Measure diameter of piston pin bores in piston
stroke direction using an internal micrometer.
Measure both ends of piston pin with micrometer.
Wear limits:
Bore in piston, vertical...max. 22.030 mm (0.867 in)
Piston pin dia. ..............min. 21.980 mm (0.8654 in)
Radial clearance
in piston .........................max. 0.050 mm (0.002 in)
11 25 671
E110180
•
Assembling pistons
Remove the central locking screw and install
handle, BMW No. 12 5 500.
L
Note:
The side marked “Top” must face toward the piston
crown.
Install the piston rings with their gaps offset by 120°.
1
2
E110190
3
•
Remove the cover, noting the thrust
washer (arrow).
E110170
1. Groove for rectangular-section ring
2. Stepped micro-taper ring
3. Groove for spring-steel oil control ring
•
Use feeler gauge to measure float of piston rings
in groove.
4
Wear limit, ring float in groove . 0.150 mm (0.006 in)
E110200
•
If necessary, remove ignition trigger (4).
11.35
12 5 510
5
E110210
•
•
•
Unscrew hex nut.
Heat hub to 80 °C (176 °F).
L Note:
Use temperature measuring
device, BMW No. 00 1 900, to check the temperature.
•
Using puller, BMW No. 12 5 510, pull off magnet
rotor.
11 26 500 Removing
countershaft for
starter
1
2
3
4
E110220
•
•
•
Remove thrust washer (1) and spacer sleeve (2).
Remove double gear (4).
Pull off idler gear (3).
11.36
E110230
Remove freewheel gear (5).
5
4
6
3
2
1
E110240
Disassembling and assembling freewheel
12 11 077
Assembling freewheel
Disassembling freewheel
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Machine screw
Magnet rotor
Freewheel
Lock ring
Freewheel housing
Freewheel gear
d
Warning:
Securing screws (1) are secured with Loctite 648
and considerable torque is required to release them.
•
•
•
•
•
Release securing screws (1).
Lift off freewheel housing (5).
Remove lock ring (4).
Remove freewheel gear (3).
Check freewheel housing and freewheel for
wear, isolated chatter marks are permissible.
E110300
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Install freewheel with arrow mark (arrow) down.
11.37
•
•
•
Engage the tabs of the lock ring in the recesses
in the freewheel gear.
Clean the threads of the securing screws and
freewheel housing, coat threads with
Loctite 648 and install the screws.
Check locking function and locking direction of
freewheel.
21 4 600
4
3
X
Tightening torque:
Machine screw
(clean threads + Loctite 648) ........................ 35 Nm
21 21 000 Removing
•
•
clutch
Turn engine round in assembly fixture.
Remove fastener for left engine block cover and
remove cover.
E110260
•
Removing pressure plate
•
•
Using locating ring, BMW No. 21 4 600, prevent
clutch cage (4) and driver (3) from moving and
unscrew hex nut.
Pull off driver.
Pull off clutch cage and toothed washer.
e Attention:
Note the backup washer at the bottom.
•
•
2
1
E110250
•
•
Remove hex screws (2) in diagonally opposite
sequence.
Lift off complete pressure plate (1).
Removing clutch plates
e
Attention:
The topmost clutch plate is offset. Make sure this
plate is installed in the correct position.
•
Lift plate cluster out of clutch cage.
11.38
Pull off needle cages.
Remove the backup washer.
11 41 000
Removing and installing oil
Installing oil pump
pump
7
Removing oil pump
8
9
1
11
2
10
E110270
•
•
Remove circlip (1) from idler gear.
Remove the retaining rings of the oil-pump
gears (2) and disengage the oil-pump gears.
F110370
7. Inner rotor
8. Outer rotor
9. Cover
10.Markings
11.Needle roller
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
Markings (5) must be visible.
•
•
6
5
Oil the inner and outer rotors.
Clean the threads of the countersunk screws
and coat with Loctite 243.
X
Tightening torque:
Countersunk screws in oil-pump cover
3
(clean threads + Loctite 243) .......................... 6 Nm
4
E110280
•
•
•
•
Remove idler gear (3).
Remove needle rollers (4).
Remove thrust washers (5).
Remove countersunk screws from cover and lift
off cover (6).
Inspecting oil pump
Using feeler gauges, measure the clearance between the inner and outer rotors and between
the outer rotor and the housing.
•
Permissible face runouts between:
Inner rotor and outer rotor ...max. 0.25 mm (0.01 in)
Installation clearance, radial
...........................................max. 0.25 mm (0.01 in)
Axial clearance between rotors
and cover ................................... 0.25 mm (0.01 in)
11.39
Removing double drive gear
4
2
E110320
1
E110290
•
L Note:
Swivel assembly fixture so that clutch side is uppermost.
Remove knurled nuts (4).
e
Retaining screw (arrow) must be installed.
•
•
•
•
Remove hex nut (1).
Press chain guide (2) to rear of engine block.
Pull off double drive gear with timing chain.
11 21 001 Removing crankshaft and balancing shaft
Attention:
Do not tilt engine block: this can cause damage to
bearing shell.
•
•
Lift off left half of engine block, lightly tapping the
mainshaft, countershaft and balancing shaft alternately with a plastic-faced hammer, so that
these remain in the magnet side.
Screw knurled nut on to engine support with
spacer.
3
5
6
7
E110310
•
•
•
•
•
Lever out water-pump drive gear (3) with a
screwdriver.
Remove needle roller.
Swivel engine in assembly fixture so that magnet
side is uppermost.
Remove all fasteners on engine block.
Remove oil filter and remove two threaded fasteners on base plate for engine block.
11.40
E110330
•
Align marks (7) on balancing shaft and crankshaft (5) with mark on housing (6).
Removing and installing crankshaft
gear
L
Note:
Note shims on crankshaft.
•
First lift out crankshaft, then balancing shaft.
11 6 502
Checking crankshaft for wear
Check bearing journals on crankshaft and conrod for signs of damage and wear.
•
Bearing journal diameter ..min. 45.97
Radial clearance of main bearing
........................................max. 0.10
Endplay, conrod/crank cheek
.........................................max. 0.80
Diameter of small-end bore
.......................................max. 22.04
11 6 501
mm (1.810 in)
11 6 503
mm (0.004 in)
mm (0.032 in)
mm (0.868 in)
F110450
11 27 020 Removing
•
•
compensating gear
Press off compensating gear with pressure
pad, BMW No. 11 0 561.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
•
•
Clamp crankshaft into vise with protective jaws.
Use yoke, BMW No. 11 6 501,
spindle, BMW No. 11 6 502, and pressure
pad, BMW No. 11 6 503, to pull off the crankshaft gear.
L Note:
Use temperature measuring
device, BMW No. 00 1 900, to check the temperature.
•
Heat the compensating gear to 100 °C (212 °F).
L
Note:
Install the compensating gear with the mark pointing
A
down.
•
Use a socket of suitable size or similar adapter to
apply pressure to the thrust face of the gear
when installing the compensating gear.
F110460
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
When installing, heat the crankshaft gear to
140 °C (284 °F).
L Note:
Use temperature measuring
device, BMW No. 00 1 900, to check the temperature.
e
Attention:
Pin must not protrude from bore in crankshaft gear
- this is the support face for the thrust washer.
•
Using a suitable adapter, drive the gear onto the
crankshaft.
Projection “A” of pin ............... max. 18 mm (0.71 in)
11.41
11 11 205 Removing
and installing gearbox mainshaft bearings
Removing and installing gearbox countershaft bearings
11 11 210
L Note:
11 6 562
To protect the gasket surfaces of the engine block,
place the old gasket under the bearing puller.
Always replace the mainshaft sealing ring.
•
•
11 6 561
11 6 564
•
E230040
L Note:
To protect the gasket surfaces of the engine block,
place the old gasket under the bearing puller.
Always replace the mainshaft sealing ring.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Heat the left of the engine block to 80 — 100 °C
(176 - 212 °F).
Using bearing puller plate, BMW No. 11 6 561,
spindle, BMW No. 11 6 562, and spreader
sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 564, pull off the ball bearing.
Drive out the mainshaft sealing ring from the inside.
Heat the right of the engine block to 80 — 100 °C
(176 - 212 °F).
Use a suitable tool such as a socket or similar to
press the ball bearing through to the other side
from outside.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L
Note:
The closed ends of the cage must point outward.
•
•
To install the ball bearing, heat the engine block
to 80 — 100 °C (212 °F) and spray the ball bearing with BMW chilling spray.
Drive in the shaft sealing ring with
sleeve, BMW No. 23 4 540, and
drift, BMW No. 23 4 550.
11.42
•
•
Heat the left of the engine block to 80 — 100 °C
(176 — 212 °F).
Using bearing puller plate, BMW No. 11 6 561,
spindle, BMW No. 11 6 562, and spreader
sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 565, pull off the ball bearing.
Heat the right of the engine block to 80 — 100 °C
(176 — 212 °F).
Using bearing puller plate, BMW No. 11 6 561,
spindle, BMW No. 11 6 562, and spreader
sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 564, pull off the ball bearing.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
The closed ends of the cage must point outward.
•
To install the ball bearing, heat the engine block
to 80 — 100 °C (212 °F) and spray the ball bearing with BMW chilling spray.
Wear limit values for bearing seats in housing:
Magnet side:
Countershaft .............. max. dia. 46.99 mm (1.85 in)
Mainshaft ................... max. dia. 62.02 mm (2.44 in)
Clutch side:
Countershaft .............. max. dia. 51.99 mm (2.05 in)
Mainshaft ................... max. dia. 46.99 mm (1.85 in)
Removing and installing
grooved ball bearings of balancing
shaft
11 11 200
L
Note:
To protect the gasket surfaces of the engine block,
place the old gasket under the bearing puller.
Always replace the mainshaft sealing ring.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Heat the left of the engine block to 80 — 100 °C
(176 — 212 °F).
Using bearing puller plate, BMW No. 11 6 561,
spindle, BMW No. 11 6 562, and spreader
sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 563, pull off the ball bearing.
Heat the right of the engine block to 80 - 100 °C
(176 - 212 °F).
Using bearing puller plate, BMW No. 11 6 561,
spindle, BMW No. 11 6 562, and spreader
sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 563, pull off the ball bearing.
Drive out shaft seal from the outside.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Drive in shaft sealing ring with
drift, BMW No. 11 6 550.
L
Note:
The sealed ends of the cage must point outward.
•
Removing and installing main
bearings
11 21 001
•
Check main bearings for signs of damage and
wear.
Removal
00 5 500
11 0 541
F110480
•
•
Heat the engine block to 100 °C (212 °F).
Drive out the bearing bushings with
drift, BMW No. 11 0 541, and
drift, BMW No. 00 5 500.
To install the ball bearing, heat the engine block
to 80 - 100 °C (176 - 212 °F) and spray the ball
bearing with BMW chilling spray.
11.43
Installation
11 0 551
F110490
•
•
•
Mark the position of the oil hole in the bearing on
the housing.
Heat the engine block to 100 °C (212 °F).
Align the mark on the drift (arrow) with the mark
on the housing.
e
Attention:
The bearing bushing must not project beyond the oil
pockets.
The end gap of the bearing bushing must always
face the balancing shaft.
Before driving in, fit both bearing halves with O-ring
on mandrel.
•
Coat bearing bushings with Optimoly TA and
drive in with drift, BMW No. 11 0 551, working
from the inside.
11.44
11 00 103
–
Assembling engine
Shimming crankshaft
Install the gearbox (a 23.9).
Installing crankshaft and balancing shaft
11 21 511
•
Secure right side of engine block in engine
bracket with magnet side facing downward.
B
2
3
F111041
•
Using depth gauge, BMW No. 00 2 550, measure distance from crankshaft web to housing
mating face = dimension “B”.
1
E110330
•
•
•
•
•
Install balancing shaft in engine block; mark (1)
must be aligned with mark (3) on block.
Coat 1.0 mm (0.04 in) thrust washer with oil and
mount on crankshaft.
Rotate crankshaft before installing, so that
mark (2) is aligned with mark (3).
Fit gasket.
Oil thrust washers and install on crankshaft and
balancing shaft.
A
L Note:
Oil shaft bearing points.
Re-shim the crankshaft and balancing shaft if the
housing or either of the shafts was replaced.
F111050
•
–
•
Coat the balancing shaft bearing journals with
Optimoly MP 3.
Measure distance from left engine block mating
face to shim contact face = dimension “A”
Dimension “A” minus dimension “B” = crankshaft
endplay.
11.45
L
Note:
Allow for the thickness of the compressed
Installing double drive gear
gasket (approx. 0.4 mm (0.016 in)).
On the magnet end, the shim is always
1.0 mm (0.039 in) thick.
•
Select a suitable shim to ensure that the correct
endplay is obtained.
11 6 570
Crankshaft endplay
........................... 0.1...0.3 mm (0.0039...0.0118 in)
L Note:
Shim the balancing shaft in the same way as the
crankshaft.
Install shims only on the clutch side.
•
Fit left engine block half and install fasteners.
E110340
•
Lock the crankshaft in the TDC position with locating screw, BMW No. 11 6 570.
L Note:
Note the two fasteners in the oil filter housing.
•
Cut off protruding gasket.
3
1
2
X Tightening torque:
Fasteners, engine block ............................... 10 Nm
E110290
•
•
•
•
•
•
Insert chain through chain aperture and place
around crankshaft.
Slide double drive gear (2) on to crankshaft.
Engage chain.
Install snap ring.
Clean threads of crankshaft and hexagon nut (1),
coat threads with Loctite 243 and install nut.
Engage needle roller of water-pump drive gear
on stub of balancing shaft and push drive
gear (3) into position.
X
Tightening torque:
Double drive gear on crankshaft
(clean thread + Loctite 243)........................ 180 Nm
11.46
11 41 000
Installing oil pump gears
5
1
2
4
3
•
•
•
E110350
Install idler gear (1) with washer and circlip.
Install washers (4) of oil pump gears and slide
needle rollers (5) into position.
Install oil pump gears (3) and install the
circlips (2).
11.47
6
5
4
2
3
7
8
9
1
E110430
21 21 000 Installing
clutch
21 4 600
Installing clutch cage
•
•
•
•
•
Place thrust washer (1) on countershaft.
Coat needle sleeves (3, 5) with oil and install,
with the small sleeve (5) down.
Insert O-ring (2) into groove under splines.
Install clutch cage (4); gears must all be in mesh.
Install thrust washer (6) and press it against the
O-ring until it is firmly seated and does not spring
back.
Installing driver
•
•
•
Insert driver (7) and coat internal splines with
Optimoly MP 3.
Fit retaining washer (8); it must engage securely.
Clean threads of countershaft and hexagon
nut (9), coat threads with Loctite 243 and install
nut.
E110260
•
•
Insert locating ring, BMW No. 21 4 600.
Tighten hex nut and bend tabs of retaining
washer (8).
X
Tightening torque:
Driver to countershaft
(clean thread + Loctite 243)........................ 140 Nm
11.48
•
Installing countershaft for
starter motor
11 26 500
Installing pressure plate
Insert the plates, starting with a steel plate. Insert
steel plates and lined plates alternately.
•
Turn engine in assembly fixture so that magnet
side is uppermost.
L
Note:
Insert the topmost plate (identified by a black spot)
in the offset groove of the clutch cage.
10
9
5
4
8
3
2
7
6
E110360
1
F110590
L
Note:
Oil the bearing bushing for freewheel gear (6) and
the straight pins.
•
Install pressure plate (2).
L Note:
All springs (3) must be replaced after each clutch repair.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Slide freewheel gear (6) with the press-fit bearing
bushing onto the crankshaft.
Push starter idler gear (7) on to the straight pin.
Engage double gear (9) on locating pin.
Install spacer sleeve (10) and thrust washer (8).
Install springs (3).
Uniformly tighten screws (4) with washers (5) in
diagonally opposite sequence.
Fit gasket.
Position thrust head (1) correctly in relation to the
releaser shaft and hold temporarily in position
with grease.
Align splines on water pump driven gear with
driving gear on balancing shaft.
Fit left engine cover and install securing screws.
L
Note:
Always replace selector shaft sealing ring in clutch
cover.
•
Install selector shaft sealing ring in clutch cover
with sliding sleeve, BMW No. 21 4 620, and
drift, BMW No. 21 4 630.
X
Tightening torque:
Thrust plate to driver .................................... 10 Nm
Engine block cover, left ................................ 10 Nm
11.49
12 11 070 Installing
magnetic ignition
trigger
3
e
Attention:
Tapers on crankshaft, magnet hub and hex nut must
be clean and free of grease.
•
•
Apply a thin coat of Loctite 648 to the magnet
hub taper.
Oil freewheel in freewheel housing.
1
E110380
•
•
•
•
2
•
E110370
•
•
•
•
Slide magnet wheel (1) onto crankshaft: Woodruff key and keyway must be aligned.
Rotate starter double gear (2) counter-clockwise
to enable the freewheel to slide on to the collar of
the freewheel gear.
Clean the threads on the crankshaft and the
threads of the nut.
Install snap ring and coat threads of hex nut with
Loctite 243 and tighten.
11.50
Coat the rubber grommet (3) of the transmitter
and the rubber grommet of the stator cable with
Three Bond 1209 and install in cover of engine
block.
Fit gasket.
Screw assembly handle, BMW No. 12 5 500,
into the central hole in the right engine cover.
Fit right engine block cover and install securing
screws.
Remove assembly handle and install cap.
X
Tightening torque:
Magnetic hub
(clean thread + Loctite 243)........................ 180 Nm
Engine block cover, right.............................. 10 Nm
11 25 050
•
Installing piston
Coat the small end bore in the crankshaft and the
piston pin bore in the piston with
Optimoly MP 3.
11 6 583
e Attention:
Note the mark on the exhaust side of the crown applied on disassembly.
•
•
Install the piston.
Press the piston pin in with
drift, BMW No. 11 6 581.
11 6 581
E110390
•
Position sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 583, with installation arbor, BMW No. 11 6 581, against piston.
e Attention:
2
Support side of piston.
•
1
Press piston pin circlip into piston with firm pressure.
3
F110740
•
Install piston pin circlip with
mandrel, BMW No. 11 6 581, and
slider, BMW No. 11 6 583.
L
Note:
Lightly oil inside of slider.
Assembly sequence:
• Place piston pin circlip (2) flat on bench.
• Place sleeve (1) over the single-hook circlip (2)
so that the ring gap is opposite the flat area on
the sleeve and the hook is in the groove.
• Press the circlip into the sleeve.
• Using the domed side of assembly drift (3), push
the circlip as far forward as possible.
• Turn the assembly drift round and push the circlip in as far as the groove.
11.51
11 11 150 Installing
•
cylinder
11 12 516
Fit cylinder base seal on engine block: oil bore
must be clear.
Installing cylinder head
L Note:
Replace cylinder head gasket.
•
•
•
•
E110400
•
•
•
•
Oil the piston rings, turn them so that the gaps
are offset by 120°, and press the sliding piston
ring sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 510, over the piston
rings from above so that the piston projects from
the sliding sleeve by about 2 mm (0.08 in).
Slide timing chain and tie wire through chain aperture of cylinder, then slide cylinder over piston.
Remove sliding sleeve.
Hand-tighten fasteners holding cylinder on engine block.
11.52
Install the cylinder head gasket.
Fit timing chain with wire hook on cylinder head
through chain aperture.
Fit cylinder head with valves installed to cylinder.
Hold the cylinder head and cylinder together by
hand-tightening the collar screws and nuts.
2
3
9
14
6
7
1
8
11
12
13
14
14
5
4
10
E110151
•
•
•
Initially tighten the collar nuts of the cylinder head
to 20 Nm (1- 4) and then tighten to 60 Nm (5-8).
Tighten the fasteners of the cylinder head to cylinder in the sequence as shown (9-14) to specified torque.
Tighten socket-head screws at base of cylinder.
X
Tightening torque:
Socket-head screws, chaincase .................. 10
Collar screws, cylinder head ........................ 33
Collar nuts to cylinder head.......... first stage 20
.............................................. second stage 60
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
11.53
1
2
4
3
E110420
11 31 529 Installing
camshaft and adjust-
ing valves
•
•
•
•
Oil outside of bucket tappets and install at the
correct valves.
Measure thickness of shim plates with micrometer and note down thickness.
Place lower part of camshaft carrier (1) on cylinder head.
Fit camshafts with cam lobes facing upward,
press down by hand and measure valve clearance with feeler gauge.
L
Note:
Make sure that the decompressor in the exhaust
E110410
camshaft does not press against the bucket tappet,
otherwise valve clearance will be incorrect.
•
•
•
Note down dimensions.
Determine the difference between the nominal
and actual values.
Check thickness of shim plates with micrometer
and replace as appropriate.
Valve clearances:
Inlet valve .......... 0.03…0.11 mm (0.009…0.0043 in)
Exhaust valve .... 0.25...0.33 mm (0.0098...0.013 in)
• Insert chain guide rail (3) in chain shaft.
e
Attention:
Marks on the timing-chain sprockets (arrow) must
be parallel with the cylinder head, the bores in the
timing-chain sprockets must be at the top (TDC position).
•
•
•
•
11.54
Oil the camshaft journals.
Install the exhaust camshaft first, then the inlet
camshaft.
Install the upper half of camshaft carrier (2) and
tighten.
Clean the threads of the chain guide
fasteners (4), coat with Loctite 243 and install
the fasteners.
•
•
•
•
•
Check valve clearances.
Install chain tensioner and tighten fastener with
sealing ring.
Remove all traces of the cylinder head cover
gasket and clean the sealing face with degreasing agent. Also clean the groove and the seating
faces for the gasket.
Install cylinder head cover with gasket.
Connect oil lines to engine block, using new
copper sealing rings.
L Note:
Install the oil return line with the tab at the bottom
and the oil feed line with the tab at the top.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Secure the fuel line to the engine block.
Remove locating pin, BMW No. 11 6 570, and
insert screw plug with sealing ring.
Install the spark plug.
Fit the filter element onto the oil-filter cover.
Coat the O-ring of the filter element lightly with
oil.
Check the O-ring of the oil-filter cover for damage and replace if necessary.
Install the oil-filter cover complete with filter element.
Install starter motor.
X
Tightening torque:
Camshaft bearing bridge .............................. 10
Chain guide to bearing bridge
(clean thread + Loctite 243).......................... 10
Timing-chain tensioner to cylinder head ....... 40
Cylinder head cover to cylinder head ........... 10
Plug in left half of engine block ..................... 25
Oil line to engine block
(with copper sealing ring) ............................. 42
Oil line to engine block ................................. 10
Spark plug in cylinder head .......................... 20
Starter to clutch cover.................................. 10
Oil filter cover ............................................... 10
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
11.55
11 00 050 Installing
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
engine
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Working from the right, manoeuvre the engine on
the lifter into position below the motorcycle.
Slightly raise the engine and connect the crankcase breather.
Continue raising the engine and tilt it to the rear.
Manoeuvre the bottom engine mount into position.
Raise the engine and manoeuvre the fasteners at
the cylinder head into position.
Install the bottom rear engine mount fastener.
Install the pivot pin of the swinging-fork bearing.
1
2
11 6 661
e
3
4
K14110050
•
•
•
Back off the adjuster sleeves (2) on left and right
until they are seated with washers (1) against the
cylinder head on each side and the cylinder head
itself is centered in the frame.
Tighten locknut (3) using special
wrench, BMW No. 11 6 661.
Tighten fastener (4).
11.56
X
Tightening torque:
Drain plug, water pump ................................ 10 Nm
Oil drain plug, engine ................................... 40 Nm
Oil feed line to main frame............................ 42 Nm
Intake stub to cylinder head ......................... 21 Nm
Exhaust elbow to cylinder head.................... 20 Nm
Silencer to exhaust elbow ............................ 55 Nm
Silencer to rear frame................................... 41 Nm
Cable cover to engine .................................... 9 Nm
Belt sprocket to engine
(clean thread + Loctite 638)........................ 180 Nm
Sprocket cover to engine ............................... 2 Nm
Ground terminal to engine block .................... 8 Nm
Cable for neutral indicator .............................. 1 Nm
Engine shell to engine .................................. 55 Nm
Engine shell to down-tube............................ 24 Nm
Engine/bottom truss to main frame .............. 50 Nm
Swinging-arm shaft .................................... 100 Nm
Gearshift pedal to frame............................... 21 Nm
Footbrake lever to frame .............................. 21 Nm
Cylinder head to frame ................................. 41 Nm
Cylinder head to frame, adjusting sleeve
...............................................zero play max. 5 Nm
Cylinder head to frame, locknut.................. 100 Nm
Attention:
Never start the engine after it has been disassembled and re-assembled until the engine oil circuit
has been bled.
Bleeding engine oil circuit
•
Remove oil filter.
1
E110560
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove check valve (1).
Remove spark plug.
Turn engine over with the starter motor until oil
emerges at the filter chamber.
Install check valve.
Install oil filter.
Turn engine over with starter motor until oil
emerges from the oil tank return line.
Switch on engine, run for a few minutes, then
switch off.
Check oil and coolant levels and top up if necessary.
X
Tightening torque:
Check valve.................................................. 24 Nm
Oil filter cover ............................................... 10 Nm
11.57
12
12 Engine electrics
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Ignition magneto
...........................................................................................................................5
Ignition magneto, components
Removing ignition magneto
.............................................................................................6
....................................................................................................7
Removing right engine block cover .........................................................................................7
Removing and installing ignition trigger
Removing and installing stator
Installing ignition magneto
Installing magnet rotor
................................................................................8
..................................................................................................8
......................................................................................................8
..................................................................................................................8
Removing and installing, disassembling starter motor
Removing and installing starter motor
...........................................9
...................................................................................9
Disassembling and assembling starter motor ..................................................................10
Replacing spark plug (a 00.42)
Removing and installing coil
........................................................................................... 11
................................................................................................ 11
12.1
12.2
12
Technical Data12 Engine electrics
F 650 CS
Starter motor
Type
Electric motor with permanent-magnet excitation,
driving crankshaft via countershaft and wedgeblock freewheel
Gear ratio
1:32
Power rating
kW 0.9
Alternator
Type
Permanently excited generator, mounted on
crankshaft stub
Gear ratio
1:1
Drive
Crankshaft
Maximum output rating
W/V 400 W at 14 V
Maximum current at engine speed 4,000 rpm
A 25
Nominal current at engine speed 2,000 rpm
A 22
Max. operating speed
rpm 7500
Spark plug
Manufacturer
NGK
Designation
DR8 EB
Thread
Electrode gap
Wear limit
Inductive sensor
metric M12x1.25
mm (in) 0.6 - 0.7 (0.02-0.03)
mm (in) 0.9 (0.035)
Ω 190 - 360
Ignition
Ignition system
BMS
BMW Motorsteuerung (engine management system)
Ignition coil
Type
Rod-type coil
Manufacturer
BREMI
Resistance
primary (between terminals 15 and 1)
secondary (between terminals 4a and 4b)
mΩ 500 - 530
kΩ 20
12.3
12.4
Ignition magneto
E120050
12.5
Ignition magneto, components
1
2
3
8
7
6
5
4
E120040
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Ignition trigger
Freewheel housing
Lock ring
Freewheel gear
Starter countershaft
Freewheel
Magnet rotor
Stator winding
12.6
12 11 070
Removing ignition magneto
e Attention:
Never disconnect plug connection on ignition system while engine is running.
11 14 859
Removing right engine block
cover
•
Remove cable cover (4).
E110190
1
•
Remove the cover, noting the thrust
washer (arrow).
12 5 510
2
4
3
K14120020
•
•
•
Disconnect the plug of the stator (3) from
connector (2).
Disconnect the plug of ignition trigger (1).
Remove fastener securing right engine block
cover.
E110210
•
•
12 5 500
Unscrew hex nut.
Heat hub to 80 °C (176 °F).
L Note:
Use temperature measuring
device, BMW No. 00 1 900, to check the temperature.
•
Using puller, BMW No. 12 5 510, pull off magnet
rotor.
E110180
•
Remove the central locking screw and install
handle, BMW No. 12 5 500.
12.7
12 11 060 Removing
and installing igni-
tion trigger
•
•
•
4
X
Tightening torque:
Stator to cover
(clean thread + Loctite 243).......................... 10 Nm
Cable holder to cover..................................... 8 Nm
3
1
2
E110380
•
•
•
•
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Coat the rubber grommet of the stator with
Three Bond 1209 before inserting it into the
cover.
Clean the threads of the screws and coat with
Loctite 243.
Remove fasteners securing ignition trigger (2) on
right in cover.
Remove cable holder (1).
Remove the rubber grommet of ignition
trigger (4) from the cover.
Remove ignition trigger (3).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Coat the rubber grommet of the ignition trigger
with Three Bond 1209 before inserting it into the
cover.
12 11 070
Installing ignition magneto
12 11 070
Installing magnet rotor
e
Attention:
Tapers on crankshaft, magnet hub and hex nut must
be clean and free of grease.
•
•
Apply a thin coat of Loctite 648 to the magnet
hub taper.
Oil freewheel in freewheel housing.
8
X
Tightening torque:
Ignition trigger to cover .................................. 8 Nm
Removing and installing stator
9
7
5
E110370
•
•
•
•
6
•
•
•
E120060
Remove cable holder (5).
Remove fasteners securing stator (6).
Remove the rubber grommet of stator (7) from
the cover.
12.8
Slide magnet rotor (8) onto crankshaft, Woodruff
key and keyway must be aligned.
Rotate starter double gear (9) counter-clockwise
to enable the freewheel to slide on to the collar of
the freewheel gear.
Clean the threads on the crankshaft and the
threads of the nut.
Place the snap ring in position, secure the hex
nut with Loctite 243 and tighten it.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fit gasket.
Screw assembly handle, BMW No. 12 5 500,
into the central hole in the right engine cover.
Fit right engine block cover and install securing
screws.
Remove assembly handle and install cap.
Connect the plugs of the ignition trigger and the
stator.
Clip the stator connector onto the plug.
Secure the cable cover to the engine.
X
Tightening torque:
Magnetic hub
(clean thread + Loctite 243)........................ 180 Nm
Engine block cover, right.............................. 10 Nm
Cable cover to motor ..................................... 9 Nm
Removing and installing, disassembling starter motor
12 41 020
Removing and installing
starter motor
12 41 020
e
Attention:
Disconnect the negative battery terminal first.
•
•
Disconnect battery negative terminal.
Remove cable cover
.
1
2
K14120030
•
•
•
•
Disconnect positive lead (1).
Remove fasteners (2) from engine block and remove starter.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Check O-ring for damage and replace if necessary.
e
Attention:
Connect positive battery terminal (1) first, then the
negative terminal.
X
Tightening torque:
Starter to clutch cover.................................. 10 Nm
Positive cable to starter.................................. 9 Nm
12.9
1
2
3
4
5
9
8
7
6
E120020
12 41 103 Disassembling
and assem-
bling starter motor
•
•
Remove tie bolt (9).
Remove armature bearing cover (8) complete
with brush-holder plate (6).
L Note:
Note thrust washers (2).
•
•
•
•
Remove fastener of positive contact (7), lift out
brush holder and replace carbon brushes if necessary.
Remove front cover (5).
Remove armature (3) from housing (1).
Using puller, BMW No. 00 8 400, pull the ball
bearing (4) off the armature shaft.
L Note:
10
E120070
L
Note:
Make sure that the mark on the housing (arrow) is
The insulation should be 0.5 mm (0.02 in) deeper
than the commutator discs: if necessary, remachine
with commutator saw.
aligned with positive contact (10).
•
Tightening torque:
Tie bolt to starter housing .............................. 6 Nm
Positive contact to starter .............................. 4 Nm
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Use a suitable tool such as a socket or similar to
press the ball bearing onto the armature shaft.
Using protective jaws, clamp the armature in a
vise and slide the brush-holder plate into position, pushing the carbon brushes back for clearance.
12.10
X
Replacing spark plug
(a 00.42)
12 12 011
12 13 000
Removing and installing coil
2
1
K14120010
•
•
•
Turn ignition coil (1) counter-clockwise and pull
up to remove.
Disconnect ignition cable/coil (2) at plug.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
12.11
13
13 Fuel preparation and control
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Removing and installing BMS control unit
Removing and installing intake air pipe
.....................................................................5
...........................................................................6
Removing and installing air temperature sensor
Replacing air filter element (a 00.43)
................................................................................6
Removing and installing intake air silencer
Removing and installing intake air pipe
...............................................................6
...................................................................7
.................................................................................7
Removing and installing injection nozzle ........................................................................8
Removing and installing throttle-valve actuator
Replacing throttle-valve potentiometer
...........................................................................9
Removing and installing throttle flap stub
Removing and installing intake stub
Checking fuel pressure
.........................................................8
......................................................................9
................................................................................10
...........................................................................................................10
Removing and installing fuel hoses
................................................................................. 11
Removing and installing feed and return lines
Removing and installing line to fuel injector
................................................................. 11
...................................................................... 11
Removing and installing throttle cable (a 32.12)
....................................................... 11
13.1
13.2
13
Technical Data
13 Fuel preparation and control
F 650 CS
Fuel grade
Regular unleaded, 91 octane (RON)
Mixture preparation
Manifold injection
Fuel pressure
Speed limitation
Throttle stub pipe intl. dia.
[OE] 34 hp
bar (psi) 3.5 ± 0.2 (50.76 ± 2.9)
rpm 7500
mm (in) 43 (1.693)
mm (in) 43 (1.693)
Air filter
Paper filter
Throttle cable play (engine warm)
approx. 1 mm (0.04 in)
13.3
13.4
Removing and installing
BMS control unit
13 61 010
–
–
•
•
–
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove the left, right and front covers (a 46.6).
Push up the tab to pull the fuse box from the
holder.
Remove the fastener securing the fuel filter to the
stowage-compartment frame.
Remove the stowage-compartment frame
(a 46.14).
Use pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500, to release clamp
for breather hose and pull the hose off intake air
silencer.
Carefully disconnect the intake air silencer from
the throttle flap stub.
Pull the intake air silencer with intake pipe to the
rear to remove, while disengaging the locating
pin on the intake pipe with rubber sleeve from the
fairing bracket.
K14130080
•
•
•
Disengage the retaining strap, pry off the retaining bar, and remove the control unit (carefully pry
it off with a screwdriver if necessary.
Pull the red locking grip forward and at the same
time pull the connector up and off the control
unit.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
K14130010
•
•
Raise the intake air silencer and disconnect the
plug for the air temperature sensor (arrow).
Cover/seal the throttle flap stub.
E130010
•
Push the connector with grooves onto the
pins (arrows) on the control unit and close the
locking mechanism.
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment frame to main frame .. 9 Nm
Fuel filter to stowage-compartment frame ...... 9 Nm
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
13.5
13 72 120 Removing
intake air pipe
Removing and installing air
temperature sensor
–
–
–
•
•
•
and installing
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove left cover (a 46.6).
Remove the fasteners securing the intake pipe to
the intake air silencer.
Swing the intake pipe to the side and lift it up and
out of the hook, while disengaging the pin at the
front with the rubber sleeve from the fairing
bracket.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
13 62 010
Remove intake air silencer (a 13.7).
K14130030
•
Press in the lug (arrow) and remove the temperature sensor from the intake air silencer.
00 13 630 Replacing air filter element
(a 00.43)
K14130020
•
•
Slide the pin on the intake air pipe with the rubber grommet (arrow) into the bracket.
Engage the intake pipe in the hook of the intake
air silencer at the bottom and tilt it up.
X
Tightening torque:
Intake pipe to
intake air silencer ........................................... 9 Nm
Left cover to main frame................................. 2 Nm
Left cover to air duct ...................................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame ..................................................... 9 Nm
13.6
Removing and installing
intake air silencer
13 71 006
–
–
13 72 130
–
•
•
–
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove the left, right and front covers (a 46.6).
Push up the tab to pull the fuse box from the
holder.
Remove the fastener securing the fuel filter to the
stowage-compartment frame.
Remove the stowage-compartment frame
(a 46.14).
Use pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500, to release clamp
for breather hose and pull the hose off intake air
silencer.
Carefully disconnect the intake air silencer from
the throttle flap stub.
Pull the intake air silencer with intake pipe to the
rear to remove, while disengaging the locating
pin on the intake pipe with rubber sleeve from the
fairing bracket.
Removing and installing intake
air pipe
Remove intake air silencer.
K14130010
•
•
•
Carefully open bead (arrow) and slide the intake
pipe into the intake air silencer.
Remove the intake pipe through the aperture for
the air filter element.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
K14130010
•
•
•
•
Raise the intake air silencer and disconnect the
plug for the air temperature sensor (arrow).
Cover/seal the throttle flap stub.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Make sure that the intake pipe is correctly seated
on the throttle valve stub.
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment frame to main frame .. 9 Nm
Fuel filter to stowage-compartment frame ...... 9 Nm
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
13.7
13 64 165 Removing
injection nozzle
and installing
Removing and installing
throttle-valve actuator
–
–
Remove intake air silencer (a 13.7).
13 54 020
Remove intake air silencer (a 13.7).
1
2
1
3
K14130040
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Disconnect the plug of fuel injector (1).
Use a hose clamp, BMW No. 13 3 010, to close
off fuel line (3).
Slacken the hose clip securing the fuel line and
disconnect the line from the throttle valve stub.
Remove spring clip (2).
Remove the fasteners for the fuel-injector
holder (arrows).
Remove the fuel-injector holder complete with
fuel injector.
Disconnect the fuel injector from the fuel-injector
holder.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
Fit new O-rings when reinstalling a used fuel injector.
•
•
Grease O-rings lightly.
The plug points toward the left-hand side of the
motorcycle.
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment frame to main frame .. 9 Nm
Fuel filter to stowage-compartment frame ...... 9 Nm
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame ..................................................... 9 Nm
Injection nozzle holder to
throttle flap stub ............................................. 5 Nm
Fuel hose to injection nozzle holder................ 3 Nm
13.8
K14130040
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Disconnect plug of throttle-valve actuator (1).
Remove the fasteners securing the throttle-valve
actuator (arrow).
Remove the throttle-valve actuator.
Check the O-ring for damage.
Clean the threads.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Clean the threads of the securing screws for
throttle valve actuator, coat threads with
Loctite 243 and install the screws.
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment frame to main frame .. 9 Nm
Fuel filter to stowage-compartment frame ...... 9 Nm
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
Throttle-valve actuator to
throttle flap stub
(clean thread + Loctite 243)............................ 5 Nm
13 63 005
Replacing throttle-valve potentiometer
13 54 017
–
–
Remove intake air silencer (a 13.7).
Removing and installing
throttle flap stub
•
•
Remove intake air silencer (a 13.7).
Remove knurled nut securing throttle cable to
throttle flap stub and disengage the throttle cable
from the guide.
Disengage throttle cable from adapter.
1
2
4
K14130040
•
•
•
•
Disconnect plug of throttle-valve
potentiometer (2).
Remove the fasteners (arrows).
Remove the throttle-valve potentiometer.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
L
Note:
It is not necessary to adjust the throttle-valve potentiometer after installation (self-teaching system).
X
Tightening torque:
Throttle valve potentiometer to
throttle flap stub ............................................. 3 Nm
2
3
K14130040
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Disconnect the plugs for fuel injector (1), throttlevalve potentiometer (3) and throttle-valve
actuator (2).
Use a hose clamp, BMW No. 13 3 010, to close
off fuel line (4).
Slacken the hose clip securing the fuel line and
disconnect the line from the throttle valve stub.
Slacken hose clip (arrow) on the intake stub.
Pull the throttle valve stub off the intake stub.
If necessary, remove fuel-injector holder and fuel
injector.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Clean the threads of the securing screws for
throttle valve actuator, coat threads with
Loctite 243 and install the screws.
X
Tightening torque:
Throttle valve potentiometer to
throttle flap stub ............................................. 3
Throttle-valve actuator to
throttle flap stub
(clean threads + Loctite 243) .......................... 5
Throttle flap stub to
intake stub ..................................................... 1
Fuel hose to injection nozzle holder ............... 3
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
13.9
13 71 000 Removing
and installing in-
13 60 505
Checking fuel pressure
take stub
–
•
•
Remove throttle stub pipe (a 13.9).
Release the two fasteners securing the intake
pipe to the cylinder head and remove the intake
pipe.
Remember to clean the sealing faces before reinstalling.
d
Warning:
Comply with safety precautions when handling or
working with fuel; note that the fuel lines are pressurised.
–
Remove seat.
X
Tightening torque:
Intake stub to cylinder head ......................... 21 Nm
16 1 500
K14130050
•
•
Connect a test pressure
gauge, BMW No. 16 1 500, between fuel feed
line and tank outlet.
Start engine and allow to run in neutral.
Fuel pressure:
Specification ............ 3.5 ± 0.2 bar (50.76 ± 2.9 psi)
L
Note:
If fuel pressure is lower or higher than specification,
check the fuel pump, fuel filter, pressure regulator
and lines.
13.10
Removing and installing fuel hoses
13 31 135
d Warning:
–
–
Comply with safety precautions when handling or
working with fuel; note that the fuel lines are pressurised.
Removing and installing line to
fuel injector
•
Remove seat.
Remove left, right and centre covers (a 46.6).
Use a hose clamp, BMW No. 13 3 010, to close
off fuel feed line (3).
Removing and installing feed and
return lines
–
4
5
Remove seat.
1
3
2
K14130070
•
•
•
•
K14130060
•
•
Slacken the fastener securing the fuel filter (1) to
the frame bow.
Open hose clamps.
Open hose clips (4, 5).
Disconnect the fuel line.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Secure hose clip (5) with
pliers, BMW No. 13 1 500.
Removing and installing
throttle cable (a 32.12)
32 72 305
d Warning:
Fuel escapes when the hoses are disconnected.
•
•
Disconnect fuel feed line (3) and fuel return
line (2).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
d
Warning:
Do not use a screw-type hose clamp to connect fuel
feed hose (3) to the fuel pump unit. It could damage
the hose and result in a fire hazard.
e
Attention:
Note the installed positions of fuel feed line (3) and
fuel return line (2).
•
Secure hose clips (2, 3) with
pliers, BMW No. 13 1 500.
X
Tightening torque:
Fuel return hose to
pump unit....................................................... 3 Nm
13.11
16
16 Fuel tank and lines
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Removing and installing fuel tank
Removing fuel tank
Installing fuel tank
.......................................................................................5
.........................................................................................................................5
...........................................................................................................................7
Removing and installing fuel filler cap ..............................................................................8
Removing and installing roll-over valve
...........................................................................8
B
M
Replacing fuel filter (a 00.44)
.................................................................................................8
Removing and installing fuel pump
....................................................................................9
Removing and installing fuel-evaporation control valve
......................................10
[USA version] ................................................................................................................................... 10
Removing and installing activated charcoal filter
.................................................... 11
[USA version] ..................................................................................................................................... 11
16.1
W
W
B
M
16.2
16
Technical Data 16 Fuel tank
F 650 CS
Fuel tank
Type
Plastic fuel tank
Fuel grade
Regular unleaded, 91 octane (RON)
Tank capacity (usable)
including reserve of
l (Imp. 15 (26.4/15.855)
pints/US
quarts)
l (Imp. 4 (7.04/4.228)
pints/US
quarts)
Fuel pump
Operating voltage
Operating pressure
Delivery rate
Peripheral-gear pump
V 7 - 15
bar (psi) 3.5 (50.76)
l/h (Imp. 150 (33.015 /39.6 ) at 13.5V, 3.5 bar (50.76 psi)
gal/h;
US gal/h)
M
B
Type
16.3
W
W
B
M
16.4
16 11 030
Removing and installing fuel
tank
•
e Attention:
Comply with safety instructions for handling fuel.
Disconnect ground lead from battery and insulate.
16 11 030
–
–
–
•
L
Note:
Do not unplug the BMS control unit.
•
•
•
Removing fuel tank
Remove the seat and the toolkit.
Secure front wheel in position.
Remove silencer (a 18.5).
Remove brake fluid reservoir from rear frame.
Disconnect the plugs for fuel pump (3) and fuellevel sensor (5).
Disconnect the plug for turn indicator/numberplate light (7).
Disconnect 3 plugs (6) for rear light cluster.
Remove 3 cable ties from rear frame.
6
4
5
7
1
3
K14160060
13 3 010
B
M
2
•
•
•
K14160020
Close off fuel supply line (2) and the fuel return
line (1) with hose clips, BMW No. 13 3 010.
Open the hose clips (arrows) and disconnect the
fuel lines from the fuel-pump unit.
Remove the fastener securing the plug of the
brake-light switch (4) to the rear frame.
K14160080
•
Disconnect the breather hose from the roll-over
valve.
16.5
W
2
1
1
W
B
M
K14160010
•
Remove 4 fasteners (1) securing rear frame to
main frame.
e
Attention:
Note the brake line (arrow) at the brake master cylinder. Do not allow the weight of the rear frame to
pull on the brake line.
16.6
•
•
•
•
Carefully remove the rear frame complete with
the tank.
If applicable, remove the fastener securing the
rear section of the rear mudguard to the rear
frame.
Remove the fasteners securing the fuel tank to
rear frame (2).
Remove fuel tank.
16 11 030
•
Installing fuel tank
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
4
3
e
Attention:
Note the brake line at the brake master cylinder. Do
5
not allow the weight of the rear frame to pull on the
brake line.
•
When installing the fuel tank and the rear frame,
make sure that all lines and hoses are routed at
the top of the tank.
K14160060
Colours of the wires in the housing for tail light/
brake light
3. blue/black
4. green/red
5. brown
2
1
•
K14160020
Make sure that fuel feed hose (1) and fuel return
hose (2) are correctly routed.
Tightening torque:
Fuel tank to rear frame ................................. 21
Rear frame to main frame
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)........................ 24
Silencer to rear frame................................... 41
Clamp for silencer ........................................ 55
Exhaust elbow to cylinder head.................... 20
Rear finisher to rear frame .............................. 2
Brake fluid reservoir, rear brake,
to rear frame .................................................. 4
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
d
Warning:
Do not use a screw-type hose clamp to secure fuel
feed hose (1). It could damage the hose and result
in a fire hazard.
•
Close hose clamps with
pliers, BMW No. 13 1 500.
16.7
M
B
X
W
16 11 211 Removing
and installing fuel
filler cap
Removing and installing rollover valve
16 11 222
–
6
Remove seat.
7
8
1
K14160070
•
•
•
•
B
M
W
Remove fasteners (6) holding the fuel filler cap.
Remove fuel filler cap together with fuel filler
neck (7) and sealing ring (8).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Check sealing ring (8) for damage, replace if necessary.
X
Tightening torque:
Fuel filler cap to fuel tank................................ 3 Nm
K14160080
•
•
•
•
•
•
Disconnect breather hose.
Release fasteners (1).
Remove roll-over valve with gasket.
Remember to clean the sealing faces before reinstalling.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
[US] Align connection of the roll-over valve with
mark (arrow).
X
Tightening torque:
Roll-over valve to fuel tank ............................. 2 Nm
L Note:
The tightening torque of the self-tapping screw for
installation of the roll-over valve in a new fuel tank is
2 Nm. The tightening torque when the thread has already been cut is < 2 Nm.
16 12 008
16.8
Replacing fuel filter (a 00.44)
16 14 011
Removing and installing fuel
pump
e Attention:
Comply with safety instructions for handling fuel.
Disconnect ground lead from battery and insulate.
–
Remove seat.
1
3
2
1
2
4
13 3 010
3
K14160020
•
•
Disconnect the plugs for fuel-level sensor (1) and
fuel pump (4).
Close off fuel supply line (3) and the fuel return
line (2) with hose clips, BMW No. 13 3 010.
Open the hose clips (arrows) and disconnect the
fuel lines from the fuel-pump unit.
M
B
•
E160060
•
•
Release ring (1) using
wrench, BMW No. 16 1 021.
Remove fuel-pump unit (3) with gasket (2).
16.9
W
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
16 11 Removing
and installing fuelevaporation control valve
[USA version]
– Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
– Remove seat.
– Remove the left, right and rear covers (a 46.6).
– Remove intake air silencer (a 13.7).
2
1
K14160020
•
•
B
M
W
Make sure the fuel-pump unit is installed in the
correct position (ribs on the fuel-pump unit and
mark on fuel tank (arrows)) and that the fuel feed
hose and the fuel return hose are correctly routed.
Close hose clamps with
pliers, BMW No. 13 1 500.
X
Tightening torque:
Union nut to fuel tank ................................... 30 Nm
Fuel return hose to pump unit ........................ 3 Nm
L Note:
The reserve fuel capacity of the fuel tank can be adjusted by varying the height of the contact switch in
the tank.
16.10
K14160090
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove the timing valve from its holder.
Open the cable ties.
Disconnect plug (1) from fuel-evaporation control valve.
Disconnect the activated charcoal filter from fuelevaporation control valve (2).
Disconnect the breather hose from the throttle
valve stub to the fuel-evaporation control valve.
Remove the timing valve.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Removing and installing
activated charcoal filter
16 13 001
[USA version]
– Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
1
2
•
•
•
•
•
Disconnect the activated charcoal filter from fuelevaporation control valve (2).
Disconnect the roll-over valve from activated
charcoal filter (1).
Remove screws securing the holder to the engine block.
Remove the screws securing the holder to the
activated charcoal filter.
Open the holder and remove the activated charcoal filter.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
M
B
•
K14160100
X
Tightening torque:
Retaining clamps, holder to activated
charcoal filter.................................................. 9 Nm
Sprocket cover to engine ............................... 2 Nm
16.11
W
17
17 Radiator
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Coolant circuit
................................................................................................................................5
Thermostat, components
.........................................................................................................6
Removing and installing coolant pump
Removing coolant pump
Installing coolant pump
Adding coolant
............................................................................7
..............................................................................................................7
................................................................................................................8
.................................................................................................................................9
Removing and installing coolant-temperature sensor
Checking cooling system for leaks
..................................................10
..................................................................................10
Removing and installing coolant hoses
......................................................................... 11
Replacing coolant hose (cylinder head/frame - frame/radiator)
Replacing coolant hose (radiator/water pump)
................................................................ 11
Replacing coolant hose (filler bowl/expansion tank)
Changing coolant (a 00.36)
............................... 11
..................................................... 11
................................................................................................... 11
Removing and installing fan
.................................................................................................12
Removing and installing radiator
.......................................................................................12
Removing and installing thermostat
................................................................................13
17.1
17.2
17
Technical Data 17 Radiator
F 650 CS
Type
U-flow pattern with integral thermostat
Cooling system capacity
Total capacity
l (Imp. 1.3
pints/US
quarts)
Coolant circuit
l (Imp. 1.2
pints/US
quarts)
Coolant expansion tank
l (Imp. 0.1
pints/US
quarts)
Coolant
Coolant mixing ratio
Protection against freezing down to
Use only nitrite-free long-term antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
% Water: 50, antifreeze: 50
°C (°F) —25
Thermostat opening temperature
°C (°F) 85 (185)
Fan cut-in temperature
°C (°F) 102
Cut-in temperature for coolant warning light
°C (°F) 118
+0.2
Opening pressure for pressure relief valve
bar (psi) 1.5
Cooling system test pressure
bar (psi) 1.5 (21.756)
(21.756
+2.9
)
17.3
17.4
Coolant circuit
E170010
17.5
Thermostat, components
1
2
4
3
5
6
E170020
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Coolant-temperature sensor
Thermostat housing
Thermostat
Cover
O-ring
Spring clip
17.6
11
8
10
9
4
3
7
6
5
2
1
E170070
Removing and installing
coolant pump
11 51 025
11 51 025
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
•
Removing coolant pump
Drain coolant (a 00.36).
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Drain the engine oil from the engine (a 00.30).
Remove complete exhaust system (a 18.5).
Mark the position of the shift pedal on its shaft.
Remove the gear shift pedal.
Remove starter (a 12.9).
Disengage the clutch cable from the actuating
shaft and remove the cable from the guide in the
cover.
12
K14170010
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Open hose clamps (12) with
pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500.
Remove water pump cover (1) with seal (2).
Remove left engine block cover (8).
Drive out pin (4) and remove impeller (3).
Remove shaft (5) with washer (9).
Remove sealing rings (6, 7).
If necessary, pull gear (11) off pin (10).
17.7
11 51 025 Installing
coolant pump
L Note:
Check shaft for score-marks at sealing ring tracks.
Always replace shaft and sealing rings as a set.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Coat the sealing lip of the inner sealing ring with
Molykote 111.
Drive inner sealing ring onto its seat with
drift, BMW No. 11 6 541.
Drive in the outer sealing ring with
drift, BMW No. 11 6 541, and
adapter, BMW No. 11 6 542, until flush with the
friction face.
Coat the sealing lip of the outer sealing ring with
Molykote 111.
Coat the shaft with Molykote 111.
Install shaft complete with gear and washer in the
cover.
Install impeller wheel with locking pin.
•
Install new selector shaft sealing ring in clutch
cover with sliding sleeve, BMW No. 21 4 620,
and drift, BMW No. 21 4 630.
L Note:
Check sealing ring for water pump cover and replace if necessary.
•
•
Replace sealing ring on drain plug.
Install water pump cover.
L Note:
2
Always replace selector shaft sealing ring in clutch
cover and seal of cover.
•
K14170050
Remove sealing ring of selector shaft.
e
Attention:
Turn hose curvature (2) toward the outside.
Check distance from coolant hose to side
cover (arrow) (approx. 10 mm).
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
1
K14170020
•
•
•
Position thrust head (1) correctly in relation to the
release shaft and hold temporarily in position
with grease.
Align splines on water pump driven gear with
driving gear on balancing shaft.
Fit left engine cover and install securing screws.
17.8
Close hose clamps with
pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500.
Connect the clutch cable to the release shaft.
Install the gear shift lever.
Install starter motor (a 12.9).
Install exhaust system (a 18.5).
Top up engine oil to correct level (a 00.31).
Top up coolant to correct level (a 00.35).
X
Tightening torque:
Engine cover, left ......................................... 10 Nm
Cover for water pump .................................. 10 Nm
Drain plug for water pump........................... 10 Nm
Exhaust elbow to cylinder head.................... 20 Nm
Silencer to rear frame................................... 41 Nm
Selector lever to selector shaft ....................... 9 Nm
Starter to clutch cover.................................. 10 Nm
Oil drain plug, engine ................................... 40 Nm
17 00 035
–
–
Adding coolant
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove right cover (a 46.6).
Antifreeze
Use only nitrite-free long-term antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
Concentration
Antifreeze .........................................................50%
Water ...............................................................50%
•
•
•
1
K14000140
•
•
•
•
Slacken bleed screw (1) in cylinder head.
Connect a hose to the bleed screw.
Fill the radiator until coolant escapes at the bleed
screw; repeatedly squeeze the coolant hoses to
expel the air.
Tighten bleed screw (1).
Run the engine for a short time, then switch it off.
Check coolant level and top up if necessary.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
Do not reinstall the cover at this stage, if other maintenance work has to be performed.
X
Tightening torque:
Bleed screw ................................................. 12 Nm
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
K14000130
•
•
Top up coolant until the level reaches the top of
the filler neck (arrow).
Top up expansion tank to the MIN mark.
Filling capacity
Cooling system .......................1.2 l (2.11 imp.pints)
In expansion tank .................+ 0.1 l (0.18 imp.pints)
17.9
Removing and installing coolant-temperature sensor
17 00 010
–
–
–
•
Drain coolant (a 00.36).
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Checking cooling system for
leaks
Remove left cover (a 46.6).
Open the filler cap on the radiator.
17 5 520
2
17 0 500
1
K14170040
K14170030
•
•
•
Disconnect plug of coolant temperature
sensor (2).
Remove coolant-temperature sensor (1).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Temperature sensor ..................................... 15 Nm
•
•
Connect pump, BMW No. 17 0 500, with adapter and neck, BMW No. 17 5 520, to filler neck.
Pressure-test the system; the pressure must remain unchanged for at least 5 minutes.
Setting:
Test pressure ............................. 1.5 bar (21.76 psi)
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket
...................................................................... 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
17.10
Removing and installing coolant
hoses
17 12 068
Replacing coolant hose (cylinder
head/frame - frame/radiator)
–
–
•
–
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Drain coolant (a 00.36).
Remove the right-hand coolant hose.
Remove the left-hand coolant hose between radiator and frame.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
17 12 036 Replacing coolant hose (radiator/water pump)
–
–
–
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove left cover (a 46.6).
Drain coolant (a 00.36).
Use pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500, to open the
clamp securing the coolant hose to the water
pump.
Disconnect the coolant hose from the radiator.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Replacing coolant hose (filler
bowl/expansion tank)
–
–
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove left cover (a 46.6).
Drain coolant (a 00.36).
Disconnect the expansion tank from the radiator
and pull it to one side.
Disconnect the coolant hose from the radiator
and the expansion tank.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Close hose clip on radiator with pliers,
BMW No. 17 5 500.
X
Tightening torque:
Coolant hoses to radiator/engine/frame ......... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket
...................................................................... 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
17 00 035
Changing coolant (a 00.36)
1
K14170050
e Attention:
Turn hose curvature (1) toward the outside.
Check distance from coolant hose to side
cover (arrow) (approx. 10 mm (0.394 in)).
•
Close hose clamps with
pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500.
17.11
17 40 000 Removing
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
and installing fan
Remove right cover (a 46.6).
Unclip the MoDiTeC plug from its holder.
Disconnect plug for fan.
Disengage the clips at top and bottom and remove the fan.
if necessary, remove fan from fan shroud.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Slide the rubber grommet of the fan onto the pin
of the expansion tank and then engage the tabs
of the fan on the radiator.
X
K14170060
Tightening torque:
Fan to fan shroud ........................................... 3 Nm
17 11 007 Removing
and installing radi-
ator
–
–
–
•
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove left and right covers (a 46.6).
Drain coolant (a 00.36).
Disconnect the expansion tank from the radiator,
pull it to one side and let it dangle from the hose.
Remove the fan.
•
Remove the fasteners for the radiator (arrows).
L
Note:
Take care not to damage the radiator on the cylinder
head cover.
•
•
Pull the radiator complete with expansion tank to
the left and remove.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
1
K14170050
•
•
Disconnect the coolant hose (arrow) at the frame
on the left and drain the radiator.
Use pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500, to open the
clamp securing the coolant hose to the water
pump housing (1).
17.12
Tightening torque:
Radiator to main frame ................................... 9 Nm
Expansion tank to radiator ............................. 9 Nm
Coolant hoses to radiator/engine/frame ......... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket
...................................................................... 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
Removing and installing
thermostat
17 11 045
–
–
•
Remove left cover (a 46.6).
Drain coolant (a 00.36).
Do not close the radiator cap.
1
2
E170040
•
•
Remove spring clip (1).
Use a screwdriver to pry cover (2) out of the
groove in the housing (arrow).
3
4
E170100
•
Remove thermostat insert (4) with thermostat (3)
from the housing.
L
Note:
Check O-ring for cracks and replace if necessary.
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
17.13
18
18 Exhaust system
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Removing and installing exhaust system
Removing and installing silencer (muffler)
........................................................................5
............................................................................5
Removing and installing exhaust elbow and oxygen sensor
.......................................7
Removing exhaust elbow and oxygen sensor ......................................................................................7
Installing exhaust elbow and oxygen sensor ........................................................................................7
Replacing guard for silencer
..................................................................................................8
18.1
18.2
18
Technical Data 18 Exhaust system
F 650 CS
Type
Combination reflection/absorption system
Emission control
3-way catalytic converter
Silencer (muffler)
Reflection/absorption
18.3
18.4
1
2
K14180010
Removing and installing
exhaust system
•
Removing and installing
silencer (muffler)
•
18 00 020
18 11 301
–
•
Extend the side stand and slacken clamp (2) for
silencer.
Remove the fastener securing the silencer to the
rear frame (1).
Carefully pull the silencer to the rear and remove,
taking care not to scratch the bottom truss and
the frame.
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
K14180020
•
Use adhesive tape to mask the rim at the
silencer (arrow).
18.5
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
Before installing it on the silencer, coat the inside of
the clamp with Optimoly TA.
K14180030
•
•
Make sure that the clamp is correctly
positioned (arrow).
Slide the silencer onto the exhaust elbow, taking
care not to scratch the bottom truss and the
frame.
X
Tightening torque:
Clamp for silencer ........................................ 55 Nm
Silencer to rear frame ................................... 41 Nm
18.6
3
4
2
1
K14180010
Removing and installing
exhaust elbow and oxygen sensor
18 11 151
•
Uniformly tighten the fasteners securing the exhaust elbow to the cylinder head
Removing exhaust elbow and oxygen sensor
• Loosen clamp (1) for silencer.
• Disconnect the plug for oxygen sensor (2).
• Extend side stand.
• Remove fasteners (3) securing elbow to cylinder
head.
• Remove the exhaust elbow and remove seal (4).
• Remove oxygen sensor (2).
Installing exhaust elbow and oxygen sensor
L
Note:
It is not necessary to grease the threads if you are
K14180030
installing a new oxygen sensor.
•
•
•
•
Lightly coat the threads of the oxygen sensor
with Optimoly TA.
Tighten the oxygen sensor at the hexagon with
socket wrench insert, BMW No. 11 7 020.
Position a new gasket (4) on the elbow.
Introduce the exhaust elbow into the silencer
and into the cylinder head.
•
•
Tighten clamp (1) for the silencer, making sure
that the clamp is correctly positioned (arrow).
Connect the plug for the oxygen sensor.
X
Tightening torque:
Oxygen sensor to exhaust............................ 45 Nm
Exhaust elbow to cylinder head.................... 20 Nm
Clamp for silencer ........................................ 55 Nm
18.7
18 12 212 Replacing
guard for silencer
K14180011
•
•
Remove the fasteners securing the guard to the
silencer and remove the guard.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Guard to silencer............................................ 5 Nm
18.8
21
21 Clutch
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Clutch, components
....................................................................................................................5
Removing and installing clutch
............................................................................................6
Removing clutch
..............................................................................................................................6
Removing pressure plate .....................................................................................................................6
Disassembling and reassembling pressure plate .................................................................................6
Removing clutch plates, driver and clutch cage ...................................................................................7
Installing clutch cage ...........................................................................................................................8
Installing driver ....................................................................................................................................8
Installing pressure plate .......................................................................................................................8
Check clutch discs for wear ................................................................................................................8
Removing and installing release shaft ..................................................................................................9
Installing clutch
..............................................................................................................................10
21.1
21.2
21
Technical Data 21 Clutch
F 650 CS
Type
Pull-action multi-plate clutch in oilbath
Clutch plate Ø
mm (in) 145 (5.71)
Wear limits
Lined plate distortion
mm (in) 0.25 (0.01)
Steel plate distortion
mm (in) 0.15 (0.006)
Overall height of lined plates
mm (in) 27.5 (1.083)
Overall height of plate cluster
mm (in) 39.1 (1.539)
Operation
Clutch operating clearance at handlebar lever
mechanical
mm (in) 1.0 - 2.0 (0.039 - 0.079)
21.3
21.4
Clutch, components
E210010
21.5
21 21 000 Removing
and installing
Removing pressure plate
clutch
21 21 000 Removing
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
•
clutch
Drain coolant (a 00.36).
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Drain the engine oil from the engine (a 00.30).
Remove complete exhaust system (a 18.5).
Mark the position of the shift pedal on its shaft.
Remove the gear shift pedal.
Remove starter (a 12.9).
Disengage the clutch cable from the actuating
shaft and remove the cable from the guide in the
cover.
3
2
E110251
•
•
•
Remove hex screws (3) in diagonally opposite
sequence.
Lift off complete pressure plate (2).
Check length of compression springs.
Disassembling and reassembling pressure plate
4
1
5
6
7
K14170010
•
•
Open hose clamps (1) with
pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500.
Remove left engine cover.
E210030
•
•
•
Remove circlip (7) with circlip pliers.
Check splines on release head (4).
Heat pressure plate (6) to 80 °C (176 °F) and
drive out grooved ball bearing (5), using a suitable drift (such as a socket, for example).
L Note:
Use temperature measuring
device, BMW No. 00 1 900, to check the temperature.
•
•
21.6
Grooved ball bearing (5) must turn easily.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
9
1
E210020
Removing clutch plates, driver and clutch cage
•
L Note:
L Note:
•
•
•
•
•
When disassembling the clutch plate cluster, mark
the order in which the plates are installed.
Lift the plate cluster, lined plates (1) and inner
plates (2) out of the clutch cage.
21 4 600
Remove lock washer (8).
Hex nut (9) is secured with Loctite 243 and should
be heated if necessary before removal.
Unscrew hex nut (9).
Remove driver (7).
Remove clutch cage (5) incl. serrated washer (6).
Remove needle cages (3, 4).
E110260
•
Using locating ring, BMW No. 21 4 600, secure
clutch cage (5) and driver (7) in position.
21.7
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
10
1
E210020
Installing clutch cage
• Coat needle sleeves (3, 4) with oil and install,
with the small sleeve (3) down.
• Insert O-ring (6) into groove under splines.
• Install clutch cage (5); gears must all be in mesh.
• Install thrust washer (7) and press it against the
O-ring until it is firmly seated and does not spring
back.
Installing driver
Insert driver (8) and coat internal splines with
Optimoly MP 3.
• Fit retaining washer (9); it must engage securely.
• Clean threads of countershaft and hexagon
nut (10), coat threads with Loctite 243 and install nut.
• Insert locating ring, BMW No. 21 4 600.
• Tighten hex nut and bend tabs of retaining
washer (9).
•
X
Tightening torque:
Driver to countershaft
(clean thread + Loctite 243)........................ 140 Nm
21.8
Installing pressure plate
• Insert the plates, starting with a steel plate. Install
steel plates (2) and lined plates (1) alternately;
with marked lined plate always at the top.
L Note:
Insert the topmost plate in the offset groove of the
clutch cage.
Check clutch discs for wear
• Measure the height of the 8 lined plates when
pressed together.
• Height of complete compressed plate cluster.
Height of lined plate cluster
............................................ min. 27.5 mm (1.08 in)
Height of complete plate cluster
...................................................min. 39.1 mm (1.54 in)
Distortion of lined plates.............. 0.25 mm (0.01 in)
Distortion of steel plates.......... 0.15 mm >(0.006 in)
Removing and installing release shaft
5
4
3
7
2
1
•
F110590
6
Install pressure plate (2).
L
Note:
All springs (3) must be replaced after each clutch repair.
•
•
•
Install springs (3).
Uniformly tighten screws (4) with washers (5) in
diagonally opposite sequence.
Position thrust head (1) correctly in relation to the
release shaft and hold temporarily in position
with grease.
X
Tightening torque:
Thrust plate to driver .................................... 10 Nm
E210040
•
•
Remove keeper (6) for release shaft (7).
Withdraw release shaft from cover.
21 4 610
E210050
•
Using puller, BMW No. 21 4 610, pull out both
needle roller bearings and the sealing ring together.
21.9
•
•
•
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Drive the lower and upper needle roller bearings
in together with drift, BMW No. 21 4 640.
Insert release shaft.
Cover the splines on the release shaft with slideon sleeve, BMW No. 21 4 620.
Using drift, BMW No. 21 4 630, drive in sealing
ring.
21 21 000 Installing
•
Replace sealing ring on drain plug.
clutch
L
Note:
Always replace selector shaft sealing ring in clutch
2
cover and seal of cover.
•
K14170050
Remove sealing ring of selector shaft.
e
Attention:
Turn hose curvature (2) toward the outside.
Check distance from coolant hose to side
cover (arrow) (approx. 10 mm (0.39 in)).
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
1
K14170020
•
•
•
•
Position thrust head (1) correctly in relation to the
release shaft and hold temporarily in position
with grease.
Align splines on water pump driven gear with
driving gear on balancing shaft.
Fit left engine cover and install securing screws.
Install new selector shaft sealing ring in clutch
cover with sliding sleeve, BMW No. 21 4 620,
and drift, BMW No. 21 4 630.
21.10
Close hose clamps with
pliers, BMW No. 17 5 500.
Connect the clutch cable to the release shaft.
Install the gear shift lever.
Install starter motor (a 12.9).
Install exhaust system (a 18.5).
Top up engine oil to correct level (a 00.31).
Top up coolant to correct level (a 00.36).
X
Tightening torque:
Engine cover, left ......................................... 10 Nm
Cover for water pump .................................. 10 Nm
Drain plug for water pump........................... 10 Nm
Exhaust elbow to cylinder head.................... 20 Nm
Silencer to rear frame................................... 41 Nm
Selector lever to selector shaft ....................... 9 Nm
Starter to clutch cover.................................. 10 Nm
Oil drain plug, engine ................................... 40 Nm
Release lever to release shaft....................... 10 Nm
23
23 Gearbox
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Gearbox shafts, components
.................................................................................................5
Gear shift pedal, components
...............................................................................................6
Replacing shaft sealing rings with engine installed
Replacing sealing ring of selector shaft
................................................................................7
Replacing shaft sealing ring of belt sprocket
Removing and installing gearbox
.....................................................................8
........................................................................................9
Removing selector shaft with pawl and index lever
Removing selector forks
.................................................7
.........................................................9
..............................................................................................................9
Removing selector drum ..............................................................................................................9
Removing, disassembling and reassembling gearbox shafts ............................10
Removing gearbox shafts .......................................................................................................... 10
Disassembling and reassembling mainshaft
....................................................................10
Checking mainshaft for wear ............................................................................................................. 11
Disassembling and reassembling countershaft
..............................................................12
Checking countershaft for wear .........................................................................................................13
Replacing gearbox mainshaft bearings ............................................................................... 13
Replacing gearbox countershaft bearings
Installing gearbox shafts
Installing selector shaft
.........................................................................14
............................................................................................................14
............................................................................................................... 15
Installing selector forks ............................................................................................................... 15
Installing selector drum
..............................................................................................................16
23.1
23.2
23
Technical Data 23 Transmission
F 650 CS
Type
5-speed, integrated into engine block
Gearshift type
Claw action
Gear ratio
1st gear
12/33 = 1 : 2.750
2nd gear
16/28 = 1 : 1.750
3rd gear
16/21 = 1 : 1.313
4th gear
22/23 = 1 : 1.045
5th gear
25/21 = 1 : 0.840
Engine ratio
1st gear
1 : 5.352
2nd gear
1 : 3.406
3rd gear
1 : 2.555
4th gear
1 : 2.034
5th gear
1 : 1.635
Wear limit values for selector fork
Selector fork guide journal diameter
mm (in) 5.85 (0.23)
Thickness at contact faces
mm (in) 3.45 (0.136)
Wear limit values for mainshaft
Shaft diameter, magnet end
mm (in) 24.98 (0.983)
Shaft diameter, clutch end
mm (in) 16.98 (0.669)
Wear limit values for countershaft
Shaft diameter, magnet end
mm (in) 16.98 (0.669)
Shaft diameter, clutch end
mm (in) 24.97 (0.983)
23.3
23.4
Gearbox shafts, components
E230050
23.5
Gear shift pedal, components
K14230040
23.6
21 4 620
21 4 630
00 8 581
00 8 583
00 8 582
K14230020
23 00 Replacing
shaft sealing rings
with engine installed
23 00 Replacing
sealing ring of selector
shaft
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Extend side stand.
Remove exhaust system (a 18.5).
Remove seal.
•
•
•
•
1
•
Mark the position of the shaft lever on its shaft.
Slacken the screw (arrow) on the shaft lever.
Remove the shaft lever and the gear pedal.
Pierce the shaft sealing ring with
awl, BMW No. 00 8 583.
Screw the pull rod, BMW No. 00 8 581, into the
pierced hole and use impact
weight, BMW No. 00 8 582, to remove the shaft
sealing ring.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Cover the splines on the selector shaft with slideon sleeve, BMW No. 21 4 620.
Slide the shaft sealing ring into position.
Using drift, BMW No. 21 4 630, drive in sealing
ring.
The angle between shaft lever and shift linkage
is 90°.
X
Tightening torque:
Shaft lever to gearshift shaft ........................... 9
Shift pedal to main frame ............................. 21
Exhaust elbow to cylinder head.................... 20
Silencer to rear frame................................... 41
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
K14230010
•
Slacken screw securing shaft lever (1) to main
frame.
23.7
23 4 540
23 4 550
00 8 581
00 8 583
00 8 582
K14230030
23 00 Replacing
shaft sealing ring of
belt sprocket
•
–
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove the belt sprocket (a 27.5).
Pierce the shaft sealing ring with
awl, BMW No. 00 8 583.
Screw the pull rod, BMW No. 00 8 581, into the
pierced hole and use impact
weight, BMW No. 00 8 582, to remove the shaft
sealing ring.
23.8
•
•
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Cover the splines on the shaft with slide-on
sleeve, BMW No. 23 4 540.
Slide the shaft sealing ring into position.
Using drift, BMW No. 23 4 550, drive in sealing
ring.
X
Tightening torque:
Belt cover to swinging arm ............................. 9 Nm
Nut of belt sprocket to gearbox output shaft
(clean thread + Loctite 638)........................ 180 Nm
Sprocket cover to engine ............................... 2 Nm
6
1
5
7
2
4
3
E230010
Removing and installing
gearbox
23 00 100
e Attention:
If there is any mechanical damage, the oil tank must
be flushed (a 11.17).
–
–
•
•
Swing the selector forks (5) out and remove
them.
Inspect contact surfaces of selector forks and
guide pins for signs of wear.
23 00 651
•
Removing selector drum
Withdraw selector drum (4).
Remove engine (a 11.24).
Disassemble the engine (a 11.26).
23 00 640 Removing selector shaft with
pawl and index lever
•
•
•
Pry the sealing ring of the selector shaft out of the
cover.
Press shift pawl (3) slightly outward and withdraw
selector shaft (1) with shift pawl (3) and thrust
washer (7).
Remove index lever (2) and spring.
23 00 158
•
9
8
Removing selector forks
E230020
Remove guide pins (6) from selector forks.
•
Inspect selector shaft guide tracks (8) and insulating washer (9) with neutral-indicator contact
(arrow) for signs of wear.
23.9
3
2
1
5
6
7
10
12
13
15
11
9
4
8
14
16
17
18
E230030
23 00 600 Removing,
disassembling
and reassembling gearbox shafts
Removing gearbox shafts
•
•
Pull sliding gears (13, 16) with bearing (15) and
washers (14, 17) off the mainshaft.
Tap mainshaft (1) and countershaft (18) lightly
with a plastic-faced hammer and remove them.
23 00 636 Disassembling
and reassem-
bling mainshaft
•
Clamp the mainshaft in a vise fitted with protective jaws.
e Attention:
Do not alter the stop on special
pliers, BMW No. 23 4 500, in order to avoid opening
up the circlip too much.
•
Using special pliers, BMW No. 23 4 500, push
back circlip (7) slightly so that circlip (12), which
is retained by angled ring (11), can be removed.
23.10
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pull off gearwheel (10) with needle roller
bearing (9) and washer (8).
Remove retaining ring (7).
Remove gearwheel (6).
Remove circlip (5) with washer (4).
Pull off gearwheel (3).
Pull off needle bearing (2).
L
Note:
Check all bearings, bearing journals, tooth edges,
keyways and annular grooves for wear,
always replace gearwheels complete with their
matching gearwheels as pairs.
Make sure that the ring grooves have sharp edges.
Always replace circlips and install them only with
special pliers, BMW No. 23 4 500.
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Position retaining ring (7) approx. 3 mm (0.12 in)
below the groove. After installing retaining
ring (12), push retaining ring (7) up with
gearwheel (6) until the retaining ring is seated in
its groove.
Checking mainshaft for wear
A
B
F230050
Wear limits:
“A” shaft diameter, magnet end. 24.98 mm (0.98 in)
“B” shaft diameter, clutch end ... 16.98 mm (0.67 in)
Runout .................................. 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
23.11
3
1
2
6
4
5
9
7
8
F230060
23 00 622 Disassembling
and reassem-
bling countershaft
•
•
•
•
•
•
Clamp the countershaft in a vise fitted with protective jaws.
Pull off gearwheels (1, 2).
Pull off needle roller bearing (3) and washer (4).
Pull off gearwheel (5).
Remove circlip (6) with special
pliers, BMW No. 23 4 500.
Pull off washer (7) and gearwheel (8).
L Note:
Inspect all bearings, bearing points, tooth flanks,
keyways and ring grooves for signs of wear.
Replace gears only together with the corresponding
meshing gears.
Make sure that the ring grooves have sharp edges.
Always replace circlips and install them only with
special pliers, BMW No. 23 4 500.
•
Assembly is the reverse of the disassembly procedure.
23.12
Replacing gearbox mainshaft
bearings
Checking countershaft for wear
11 11 205
11 6 562
11 6 561
11 6 564
A
B
F230070
Wear limits:
“A” shaft diameter, magnet end
........................................min. 16.98 mm (0.669
“B” shaft diameter, clutch end
........................................min. 24.97 mm (0.983
Inside diameter, bearing seat
Sliding gear, 4th gear ......max. 25.53 mm (1.005
Runout ...................................... 0.02 mm (0.008
E230040
in)
in)
in)
in)
L Note:
To protect the gasket surfaces of the engine block,
place the old gasket under the bearing puller.
Always replace the mainshaft sealing ring.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Heat the left of the engine block to 80 - 100 °C
(176 - 212 °F).
Using bearing puller plate, BMW No. 11 6 561,
spindle, BMW No. 11 6 562, and spreader
sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 564, pull off the ball bearing.
Drive out the mainshaft sealing ring from the inside.
Heat the right of the engine block to 80 - 100 °C
(176 - 212 °F).
Working from outside and using a suitable socket, press the bearing through to the other side.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
To install the bearings, heat the engine block to
80 - 100 °C (176 - 212 °F).
23.13
11 11 210 Replacing
gearbox counter-
23 00 600
Installing gearbox shafts
shaft bearings
L Note:
To protect the gasket surfaces of the engine block,
place the old gasket under the bearing puller.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Heat the left of the engine block to 80 - 100 °C
(176 - 212 °F).
Using bearing puller plate, BMW No. 11 6 561,
spindle, BMW No. 11 6 562, and spreader
sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 565, pull off the ball bearing.
Heat the right of the engine block to 80 - 100 °C
(176 - 212 °F).
Using bearing puller plate, BMW No. 11 6 561,
spindle, BMW No. 11 6 562, and spreader
sleeve, BMW No. 11 6 564, pull off the ball bearing.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
To install the bearings, heat the engine block to
80 - 100 °C (176 - 212 °F).
Wear limit values for bearing seats in housing:
Magnet end:
Countershaft .............. max. dia. 46.99 mm (1.85 in)
Mainshaft ................... max. dia. 62.02 mm (2.44 in)
Clutch end:
Countershaft .............. max. dia. 51.99 mm (2.05 in)
Mainshaft ................... max. dia. 46.99 mm (1.85 in)
23.14
F230090
L Note:
The gearbox shafts are easier to install if the crankshaft is removed beforehand.
•
•
Install the countershaft and mainshaft together,
coating the main bearing journals with
Optimoly MP 3.
Drive the shafts in against their seats with light
blows of a plastic-faced hammer.
23 00 640
Installing selector shaft
23 00 658
Installing selector forks
12
10
2
1
11
F230100
•
•
Install index lever (2) with index spring (1) in
housing.
•
5
•
6
7
•
8
F230120
Insert selector fork (10) in shift gear of countershaft.
Insert selector rod and swivel together with the
selector fork in the direction of the crankshaft.
Insert selector forks (11, 12) in the corresponding shift gears of the mainshaft.
Insert selector rod and swivel it outward together
with the selector forks.
9
4
3
K14230050
•
•
•
•
Attach pawl spring (4) to shift pawl (3).
Insert selector shaft (6) in housing and secure index lever (5) in position.
Push hairpin spring (7) with sleeve (8) and thrust
washer (9) on to selector shaft (6).
Engage the hairpin spring on the pivot.
23.15
23 00 651 Installing
•
•
•
•
•
selector drum
Install the selector drum in the neutral position.
The contact pin in the plastic plate is above the
neutral-indicator switch in the housing.
Press back index lever and selector pawl and install selector drum.
Move index lever and selector pawl into mesh.
Turn selector forks so that they engage the selector drum.
Drive the selector shafts onto their seats with
light blows of a plastic-faced hammer.
L
Note:
Select all gears in succession, at the same time
checking that the selector pawl is withdrawn freely
from the shift drum in all gears.
•
–
Check gearbox functions.
Assemble the engine (a 11.45).
L Note:
The clicking sound as the selector pawl engages
must be clearly audible.
•
•
•
•
–
Select all gears once again and move the shift lever slowly to the “0” position.
Cover the splines on the selector shaft with slideon sleeve, BMW No. 21 4 620.
Using drift, BMW No. 21 4 630, drive in sealing
ring.
Drive in the mainshaft sealing ring with
drift, BMW No. 23 4 550, and sliding
sleeve, BMW No. 23 4 540.
Install the engine (a 11.56).
23.16
27
27 Chain/belt drive
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Removing and installing belt, belt drive gear and belt sprocket
........................5
Removing and installing belt (a 00.54) ..................................................................................5
Removing and installing belt sprocket (a 33.13)
Removing and installing belt sprocket
Adjust belt tension (a 00.56)
................................................................5
...................................................................................5
..................................................................................................5
27.1
27.2
27
Technical Data 27 Chain/belt drive
F 650 CS
Type
Poly Chain GT, 11M-1892-26
Secondary ratio
28/82 = 1:2.929
Number of teeth on belt sprocket
28
Number of teeth on belt drive gear
82
Number of teeth on belt
172
Belt length
mm (in) 1892 (74.49)
27.3
27.4
27 71 Removing
and installing belt,
belt drive gear and belt sprocket
•
Removing and installing belt (a 00.54)
d Warning:
Removing and installing belt sprocket
(a 33.13)
Removing and installing belt sprocket
Do not bend the belt sharply or twist it. Do not bend
the belt through a radius of less than 100 mm.
•
•
–
•
•
•
1
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Pay particular attention to the following:
Lightly coat the mainshaft with Optimoly MP 3
before installing the belt sprocket.
Place two-part thrust washer (2) in position, if
necessary use a blob of grease to hold the twopart washer in position.
The belt sprocket (3) must be installed with the
“OUT” marking (arrow) on the outside.
Loop the belt over the belt sprocket and slide the
sprocket onto the mainshaft.
Install a new locking washer (4).
Clean threads of central nut (5) and mainshaft,
coat threads with Loctite 638 and install nut.
X
K14110070
•
Tightening torque:
Sprocket cover to engine ............................... 2
Eccentric clamp, rear swinging arm
Initial torque ................................................. 10
Final torque .................................................. 21
Belt sprocket to gearbox output shaft
(clean thread + Loctite 638)........................ 180
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Remove cover for belt sprocket (1).
2
27 71
3
Adjust belt tension (a 00.56).
4
5
2
K14270030
•
Straighten the tabs of the locking washer (4).
d
Warning:
Central nut (5) is secured with Loctite 638 and considerable torque is required to release it.
•
–
•
Engage 1st gear, apply the rear brake, and
slacken central nut (5).
Slacken the belt (a 00.54).
Remove belt sprocket (3) and remove two-part
thrust washer (2).
27.5
31
31 Front forks
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Telescopic fork, components
................................................................................................5
Removing and installing telescopic fork
Removing telescopic fork
Installing telescopic fork
.........................................................................6
............................................................................................................6
..............................................................................................................7
Disassembling telescopic fork
..................................................................................................9
Removing fixed tube ............................................................................................................................9
Measuring telescopic fork ......................................................................................................... 11
Checking lower fork bridge ................................................................................................................ 11
Checking parallel alignment of fixed tubes ........................................................................................12
Checking fixed tube runout ............................................................................................................... 12
Assembling telescopic fork
......................................................................................................13
Assembling fixed tube .......................................................................................................................13
Complete assembly of telescopic fork. ..............................................................................................16
Removing and installing steering head bearing
..............................................................17
Upper steering head bearing .............................................................................................................17
Lower steering head bearing .............................................................................................................17
31.1
31.2
31
Technical Data 31 Front suspension
F 650 CS
Type
Telescopic fork
Running gear
Total travel at wheel
mm (in) 125 (4.92)
Castor in normal position (full fuel load and
85 kg rider)
mm (in) 86 (3.39)
Steering lock angle
° 37
Fixed fork tube
Fixed tube surface
Hard chrome plated
Extl. dia. of fixed fork tubes
mm (in) 41 (1.61)
Fixed fork tube runout limit
mm (in) 0,1 (0.004)
Installed (test) length of fixed tubes
mm (in) 273.5 (10.77)
Grease in sleeve
Retinax EP 2
Fork spring
Length of suspension spring in fork
mm (in) 365 (14.37)
Wire diameter of suspension spring
mm (in) 4.8 (0.19)
Fork oil
Approved grades
BMW telescopic-fork oil
Capacity per fork leg
Initial filling
l (Imp. 0.48 (0.85/0.51)
pints/US
quarts)
Oil changes
l (Imp. 0.47 (0.83/0.50)
pints/US
quarts)
31.3
31.4
Telescopic fork, components
K14310010
31.5
3142 Removing and installing telescopic fork
3142
5
Removing telescopic fork
e
Attention:
Cover or mask off the instrument cluster and trim to
prevent scratches.
–
6
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
K14310110
1
•
•
2
•
4
[Hazard warning flashers] Remove fasteners
for cover of hazard warning flasher switch (5) and
retaining bar from below. Remove retaining bar.
[Hazard warning flashers] Remove left/right cables from clips (arrows) and lay the cover down
on the left-hand side.
Remove fasteners (6) from handlebars and lay
the handlebars down at the front.
3
10
K14310100
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
7
8
9
Remove ABS sensor (3) and disengage it from
clip (2).
Remove ABS sensor cable and brake hose from
clip (1).
Release front brake caliper (4) and secure to engine shell with cable ties to keep strain off the
brake line.
Remove front wheel (a 36.5).
Remove front mudguard (a 46.11).
Separate plug connector for horn.
Lay protective apron, BMW No. 16 1 611, over
the tank.
10
K14310140
•
•
Remove cap (7) and back off adjusting screw (8).
Remove washer (9).
e
Attention:
When removing the upper fork bridge, secure the
front forks so that they cannot slip out.
•
•
31.6
Loosen clamp screws of upper fork bridge (10)
and remove upper fork bridge.
Pull front forks down to remove.
3142 Installing
•
telescopic fork
Fit lower fork bridge into steering head.
A
e Attention:
Check the mating faces of the fork bridge, rub down
with an oilstone if necessary and clean.
•
1
B
Fit upper fork bridge and install adjusting screw.
2
1
K14310090
New photo
•
2
•
•
K14310130
L Note:
•
•
Slacken adjusting screw (1) and tighten to
25 Nm.
Turn forks back and forth twice from lock to lock,
and leave the forks at the full left lock position.
Back off adjusting screw through 60°, by applying mark (A) to housing and mark (B) to adjusting
screw with felt pen (removable ink) and turning
the adjusting screw until the marks are aligned.
Tighten the clamping screw (2).
Slacken clamping screws at lower fork bridge.
Make sure that throttle cable (1) and clutch cable (2)
are correctly routed.
•
•
A
Slide fixed fork tubes without caps into fork
bridges, projection approx. 12 mm (0.472 in)
above upper fork bridge.
Tighten clamp screws at lower fork bridge.
E310040
•
Slide in fixed fork tubes with caps until projection
above upper fork bridge is equal to distance “A”.
Distance “A” ................................. 12 mm (0.472 in)
•
Tighten clamp screws at upper and lower fork
bridges.
31.7
•
–
–
•
–
–
•
Fit caps to fork legs.
Install handlebars (a 32.9).
Check steering head bearing play (a 00.60).
Install cover for hazard warning flashers switch
and retaining bar and snap cables on left and
right into guides.
Install front mudguard (a 46.11).
Install the front wheel (a 36.5).
Connect the plug for the horn.
K14310100
•
Install brake caliper and ABS sensor.
L
Note:
Make sure that ABS sensor cable and brake hose
are correctly routed.
X
Tightening torque:
Clamp screws for fork bridge ....................... 23 Nm
Initial torque of adjusting screw .................... 25 Nm
Back off through angle of rotation ..................... 60°
Handlebar to fork bridge .............................. 23 Nm
Cover for hazard warning flasher switch ......... 5 Nm
Guide to fork bridge ....................................... 5 Nm
Front mudguard to slider tube ........................ 3 Nm
Front mudguard, front section, to
front mudguard, rear section .......................... 3 Nm
Clamp for quick-release axle, front............... 23 Nm
Quick-release axle, front, to fork leg............. 30 Nm
Brake caliper to slider tube........................... 41 Nm
ABS sensor to holder ..................................... 9 Nm
31.8
1
2
3
4
7
6
5
8
9
K14310020
31 42 503
Disassembling telescopic fork
Removing fixed tube
• Remove clamp (7).
• Remove horn.
• Slacken clamping screws (6) at lower fork
bridge.
• Remove fixed tube together with slider tube from
fork bridge.
• Clamp slider tube in vise with protective jaws.
• Position a drip tray beneath the fixed tube.
• Remove sealing caps (1).
d
Warning:
Note that plugs (3) at left and right are spring-loaded. Wear protective goggles when removing and installing.
•
•
•
•
•
Press plug (3) down and remove snap ring (2).
Carefully allow the plug to ride up and remove.
Remove spacer (4) and spring (5) from fixed tube.
Remove clamp screw (8).
Release securing screw (9) of damper in slider
tube.
Slowly turn over slider tube, remove the damper
from the slider tube and drain all the oil.
31.9
1
3
2
4
5
K14310030
•
•
•
•
Clamp slider tube in vise with protective jaws.
Remove dust cap (1).
Lever out circlip (2) with screwdriver.
Push fixed tube slightly into slider tube and, pull
sharply to remove fixed tube, sealing ring (3), intermediate ring (4) and slide bush (5) from the
slider tube.
F310040
L Note:
Replace damaged slide bushes.
•
31.10
Press the slide bush apart with two
fingers (arrows) and pull off the fixed tube.
31 42 500
Measuring telescopic fork
Checking lower fork bridge
e Attention:
A
After being involved in an accident, the telescopic
fork must be examined for cracks and damage.
A
L Note:
When clamping the fork bridge into the vise, use soft
jaws.
•
Clamp the fork bridge at the steering tube.
F310050
•
Install two new fixed tubes with test length A in
the lower fork bridge.
L
Note:
Use fixed tubes with caps installed.
Test length A........................................... 273.5 mm
31 4 620
F310060
•
Place two straight-edges, BMW No. 31 4 620,
across the upper and lower ends of the fixed
tubes.
e Attention:
Replace distorted fork bridges.
•
Check visually to determine any distortion.
31.11
Checking parallel alignment of fixed tubes
Checking fixed tube runout
F310080
F310070
L
Note:
The fork bridge must slide smoothly over the fixed
tubes.
•
Place both ends of fixed tube in V-blocks.
d Warning:
Do not attempt to straighten bent fixed tubes.
•
•
•
Install upper fork bridge.
Check that fixed tubes are parallel with sliding
calipers.
Check alignment of steering tube with fixed tube.
31.12
•
Rotate fixed tube slowly and check with dial
gauge.
Maximum permissible runout of fixed fork
tube ............................................................ 0.1 mm
3
1
4
2
5
6
31 42 503
K14310040
Assembling telescopic fork
Assembling fixed tube
• Fit damper tube (2) with spring and piston ring (1)
into fixed tube.
• Fit guide piece (4) onto damper tube (2).
L
Note:
Lightly oil slide bushes with fork oil before assembly.
•
•
Push the fixed tube with the slide bush into the
slider tube.
Loosely insert retaining screw (6) for damper
with new sealing ring (5).
31.13
3
8
4
10
1
5
6
7
2
9
K14310050
•
31 3 650
31 1 511
Install intermediate ring (6).
L Note:
Before assembly, lightly coat outside of radial shaft
seal with tyre fitting lubricant.
Installed position: wording uppermost.
•
•
Drive in radial shaft seal (5) in the same way.
Install retaining ring (4) in groove over the seal.
L Note:
K14310060
L Note:
Lightly oil slide bushes with fork oil before assembly.
•
•
Slide upper slide bush (7) over fixed tube and
press lightly into the slider tube.
Carefully drive in the sleeve with
drift, BMW No. 31 3 650, and
sleeve, BMW No. 31 1 511.
31.14
Fill the lubricant pocket in dust sleeve (3) with
Shell Retinax EP2.
Installed position: the lubricant pocket in the dust
sleeve faces inward toward the slider tube.
•
•
•
Drive dust sleeve (3) into the slider tube with the
convex side of drift, BMW No. 31 3 650.
Tighten shock absorber retaining screw (9) in the
slider tube.
Install clamp screw (10), but do not tighten.
3
8
4
10
1
5
6
7
2
9
K14310050
•
Fill with specified quantity of oil.
e Attention:
The taper-wound end of coil spring (2) must be at
the bottom of the fixed tube.
If the coil spring in inserted the wrong way round, it
will damage the sliding surface in the fixed tube
when the fork is compressed.
•
•
Capacity per fork leg
Oil change........................... 0.47 l (0.827 imp.pints)
Initial filling .......................... 0.48 l (0.844 imp.pints)
Oil grade ...........................BMW telescopic-fork oil
X
Tightening torque:
Securing screw for damper .......................... 20 Nm
Insert coil spring (2) into the fixed tube with the
taper-wound end of the spring at the bottom.
Insert spacing sleeve (1).
31.15
1
2
1
2
4
3
K14310021
L Note:
Check O-ring of screw plug for damage and replace
if necessary.
d
Warning:
Plugs are spring-loaded.
•
Push in plug (2) and secure by inserting retaining
ring (1) in 2nd groove (arrow).
31.16
Complete assembly of telescopic fork.
• Place lower fork bridge in position. Hand-tighten
clamping screws (3).
• Install clamp (4).
• Install horn.
Removing and installing steering head bearing
31 42 721
–
Remove telescopic fork (a 31.6).
Lower steering head bearing
The procedures for removing and installing the
lower outer bearing race are the same as those
for the upper race.
•
Upper steering head bearing
• Remove upper taper roller bearing.
00 7 500
e Attention:
00 7 521
Always replace bearing and outer bearing race together.
31 3 672
00 8 561
E310140
•
•
31 6 500
00 8 562
1
F310130
•
•
–
•
Remove lower fork bridge.
Use universal puller, BMW No. 00 7 500, jaws,
BMW No. 31 3 672, and thrust
piece, BMW No. 00 7 521, to pull the bearing off
the steering tube.
Place new dust cap in position.
Place the new bearing in position and drive it fully
home with a suitable drift.
Adjust steering bearing play (a 00.60).
Pull out bearing outer race (1) with
adapter, BMW No. 00 8 562, and internal
puller, BMW No. 00 8 561, and protective
ring, BMW No. 31 6 500.
46 5 614
46 5 605
46 5 608
31 1 501
K14310160
•
Install new bearing outer race until seated, using
steering head drift, BMW No. 46 5 614, tapered
adapter, BMW No. 46 5 608,
sleeve, BMW No. 31 1 501, and closure
lever, BMW No. 46 5 605.
31.17
32
32 Steering
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Removing and installing left and right handlebar fittings
Removing and installing left handlebar fitting
......................................5
.....................................................................5
Removing and installing clutch switch ...................................................................................6
Removing and installing right handlebar fitting ..................................................................7
Removing and installing handlebar
....................................................................................9
Removing and installing clutch cable
.............................................................................10
Removing and installing throttle cable
...........................................................................12
Removing and installing left and right handlebar levers
Removing and installing left handlebar lever
......................................13
....................................................................13
Removing and installing right handlebar lever
.................................................................13
Checking and adjusting steering head bearing play,
replacing if necessary (a 00.60) .........................................................................................13
32.1
32.2
32
Technical Data 32 Steering
F 650 CS
Type
Tubular steel handlebar
Handlebar tube diameter
Steering lock angle
Handlebar width with weights
mm (in) 22 (0.866)
° 37
mm (in) 831 (32.72)
32.3
32.4
2
3
1
4
5
E320040
Removing and installing left and
right handlebar fittings
L
Note:
To avoid damage, use protective apron,
BMW No. 16 1 600, to cover the fuel tank.
Removing and installing left handlebar
fitting
–
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove seat.
Remove left cover insert.
Remove cover of connector, left (a 46.9).
Cut the cable tie at the handlebar.
Remove cover (3) from housing (2).
Remove clutch fitting (1).
Remove handlebar weight (5).
Remove rubber grip (4).
K14320090
•
•
Cut through cable ties (arrows).
Disengage the cable tie at the frame head.
32.5
61 31 295
Removing and installing clutch
switch
2
1
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
K14320030
•
•
•
Disconnect plug of left-hand multi-function
switch (1).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Install the rubber grip with Loctite 638 and surface activator.
E320080
L
Note:
The position of the handlebar fittings is indicated by
a punch mark (arrow) on the handlebar.
X
Tightening torque:
Clutch fitting to handlebar .............................. 9 Nm
Handlebar weight to handlebar....................... 9 Nm
32.6
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove left cover insert.
Cut through the cable ties securing the cables at
the handlebar and the multi-function switch.
Disengage the cable tie at the frame head.
Disconnect plug at clutch switch (2).
Release fastener securing clutch switch to handlebar fitting.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Clutch switch to handlebar fitting ................... 5 Nm
3
1
2
5
4
7
8
6
E320050
Removing and installing right handlebar fitting
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove right cover insert.
Remove cover of connector, right (a 46.9).
Cut the cable tie at the handlebar.
Remove brake microswitch (2).
Release cover (6) and leave it dangling on the cable.
Remove throttle-cable roller (7) and disengage
throttle-cable nipple (8).
Remove brake fitting.
E320090
•
•
•
Remove fastener for throttle cable (arrow) and
pull out the throttle cable.
Remove handlebar weight (4).
Remove housing (3) together with rotating
tube (5).
32.7
1
K14320050
•
Disconnect plug of right-hand multi-function
switch (1).
E320100
L
Note:
The position of the handlebar fittings is indicated by
a punch mark (arrow) on the handlebar.
Throttle-cable play .............approx. 1 mm (0.040 in)
X
Tightening torque:
Handlebar fitting to handlebar ...................... 9 Nm
Handlebar weight to handlebar ...................... 9 Nm
K14320040
•
•
Disengage the cable ties (arrow) securing the cables at the multi-function switch and the clutch
switch.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L
Note:
Before assembling, grease the handlebar end and
nipple mount lightly with Shell Retinax EP2.
•
Position the rotary tube in the groove before
mounting it on the handlebar.
32.8
1
1
2
2
3
E320110
32 71 008
Removing and installing han-
dlebar
–
–
•
•
•
Remove left handlebar fitting.
Remove right handlebar fitting.
Loosen clamping screws (1).
Remove handlebar (3) together with clamping
blocks (2).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
e Attention:
Note the position of the clamping blocks. Wide hole
spacing (arrow) to the front.
L
Note:
The position of the handlebar is indicated by a
punch mark (arrow) on the handlebar.
•
Begin by tightening the front securing screws (as
viewed in the forward direction of travel), then
tighten the rear securing screws.
X
Tightening torque:
Handlebar to fork bridge .............................. 23 Nm
K14000270
32.9
1
3
2
E320140
32 72 330 Removing
and installing
clutch cable
5
4
E320160
K14210010
•
•
•
Disengage clutch cable (5) from release lever.
Pull cable out of holder (4).
Remove rubber grommet (1) from clutch lever.
32.10
•
•
•
•
Make sure that slots in adjusting screw, locknut
and lever fitting (arrow) are in line.
Pull back cable shroud (2).
Pull the cable forward through the slot and disengage nipple (3).
Pull the cable out to the rear.
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
e Attention:
Make sure that the clutch cable is not kinked when
installed.
1
2
A
K14320070
•
•
After installing the cable, adjust clutch clearance
by setting distance “A” by turning adjusting
screw (1) on the clutch handlebar fitting.
Lock adjusting screw (1) with knurled nut (2).
Distance “A” ............ 1.0...2.0 mm (0.0394...0.0787)
32.11
2
5
3
4
1
E320170
32 72 305 Removing
and installing
throttle cable
–
–
•
•
•
Remove seat.
Remove left cover (a 46.6).
•
•
Remove cover (5).
Remove fastener for throttle cable (1) from instrument cluster housing.
Disengage throttle-cable adapter (4) and disengage nipple (3).
Remove the throttle cable.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
6
Make sure that the cable is not kinked when installed.
•
Adjust throttle-cable play with adjusting
screw (2).
Throttle-cable play .............approx. 1 mm (0.040 in)
K14320080
•
•
•
Disengage throttle cable from adapter (arrow).
Remove circlip (6) from throttle-cable holder and
disengage throttle cable.
Pull the cable out toward the handlebar.
32.12
X
Tightening torque:
Cover for multi-function switch....................... 1 Nm
Removing and installing left and
right handlebar levers
1
Removing and installing left
handlebar lever
2
32 72 070
2
1
A
K14320070
•
•
K14210010
•
•
•
Disengage clutch cable (1) from release lever.
Pull cable out of holder (2).
Remove the rubber grommet from the clutch lever.
3
After installing the cable, adjust clutch clearance
by setting distance “A” by turning adjusting
screw (1) on the clutch handlebar fitting.
Lock adjusting screw (1) with knurled nut (2).
Distance “A” ........ 1.0...2.0 mm (0.0394...0.0787 in)
X
Tightening torque:
Locknut ......................................................... 5 Nm
Pivot pin of clutch lever .................................. 3 Nm
32 72 119 Removing and installing right
handlebar lever
•
•
•
Slacken the locknut at the handlebar lever.
Slacken the pivot pin of the handbrake lever.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
X
Tightening torque:
Locknut, handbrake lever ............................... 7 Nm
Pivot pin, handbrake lever .............................. 7 Nm
E320160
•
•
•
•
•
•
32 00 454 Checking and adjusting
steering head bearing play, replacing if necessary (a 00.60)
Make sure that slots in adjusting screw, locknut
and lever fitting (arrow) are in line.
Pull back cable shroud (3).
Pull the cable forward through the slot and disengage the nipple.
Slacken the locknut at the handlebar lever.
Remove pivot pin of clutch lever.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
32.13
33
33 Rear wheel drive
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Removing and installing suspension strut
.....................................................................5
Removing and installing rear swinging arm
..................................................................6
Removing and installing needle roller races in rear swinging arm
............................8
Removing needle roller races ..............................................................................................................8
Installing needle roller races ................................................................................................................8
Removing and installing needle bearings in rear swinging arm
.................................9
Removing needle roller bearing ...........................................................................................................9
Installing needle roller bearing ...........................................................................................................10
Removing and installing reaction link
.............................................................................10
Removing and installing angled lever
............................................................................. 11
Removing and installing needle roller bearings and needle roller races
in angled lever ................................................................................................................................ 11
Removing needle roller bearings and needle roller races ................................................................... 11
Installing needle roller bearings and needle roller races ..................................................................... 12
Removing and installing drive damper
Measuring runout of belt pulley
...........................................................................13
.........................................................................................15
Removing and installing eccentric with drive shaft
................................................16
Separating eccentric from drive shaft ................................................................................................ 16
Removing and installing floating bearing of eccentric ........................................................................16
Removing and installing fixed bearing of eccentric ............................................................................17
Pressing eccentric onto drive shaft ...................................................................................................17
33.1
33.2
33
Technical Data 33 Rear wheel drive
F 650 CS
Rear wheel drive
Type
Belt drive with damper in special housing
Swinging arm
Type
Length of swinging arm (toothed belt installed)
Single-arm cast aluminium swinging arm with
cam-adjustable rear wheel axle
mm (in) 556.8 (21.921)
Rear suspension
Type
Total travel at wheel
Central suspension strut pivoted to lever system.
Extension-stage damping steplessly adjustable
mm (in) 140 (5.51)
33.3
33.4
Removing and installing suspension strut
33 53 000
–
2
Raise rear frame (a 46.15).
L
Note:
Raise the rear frame only far enough to expose the
upper eye of the spring strut.
K14330100
•
•
•
1
Remove the fastener securing the spring strut to
frame (2).
Pull the spring strut to the rear and remove.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
d Warning:
K14330090
•
Take the load off the rear wheel and remove fastener (1) securing the spring strut to the angled
lever.
Use a new screw and nut to secure the spring strut
to the frame (2).
•
•
•
Preinstall the spring strut complete with all fasteners, but do not fully tighten the fasteners until
they are all installed.
Take care not to damage the brake line and the
main frame when lowering the rear frame into position.
Clean the threads of the bottom rear frame securing screws, coat threads with Loctite 2701
and install.
X
Tightening torque:
Spring strut to frame
Initial torque ................................................. 58 Nm
Additional angle of rotation....................... 45° ± 15°
Spring strut to angled lever .......................... 41 Nm
Rear frame to main frame
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)........................ 24 Nm
Brake fluid reservoir to rear frame .................. 4 Nm
Clamp for silencer ........................................ 55 Nm
Silencer to rear frame................................... 41 Nm
33.5
1
33 1 581
2
3
4
5
K14330010
33 17 350 Removing
and installing rear
swinging arm
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove rear wheel (a 36.7).
Release clamp (4).
Back off adjusting screw (3).
Turn the eccentric to slacken the belt and remove the belt.
Apply the rear brake, and slacken nut (1) with
socket, BMW No. 33 1 581.
Remove fasteners securing belt cover.
Remove pulley (2).
Remove ABS sensor (5).
6
K14330020
•
33.6
Remove fasteners (6) from brake caliper, remove
brake caliper and secure to the rear frame at the
same height, using cable ties.
1
4
3
2
K14330010
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
Pull the shaft with eccentric to the left and remove.
Remove the fasteners securing the struts to
swinging arm (3).
Remove nut (1) at swinging arm pivot shaft (2).
Remove swinging-arm pivot shaft (2).
Pull the swinging arm to the rear and remove.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Tighten clamping screws as follows:
Slightly tighten clamping screws (4) until seated
Tighten both clamping screws to initial torque of
10 Nm
Tighten both clamping screws to final torque of
21 Nm
Recheck that torque wrench clicks at 21 Nm for
both clamping screws.
L Note:
Grease needle bearings with Shell Retinax EP2.
–
Adjust belt tension (a 00.56).
X
Tightening torque:
Swinging-arm pivot .................................... 100 Nm
Reaction link to swinging arm....................... 41 Nm
Belt cover to swinging arm ............................. 9 Nm
ABS sensor to swinging arm .......................... 9 Nm
Eccentric clamp, rear swinging arm
Initial torque ................................................. 10 Nm
Final torque .................................................. 21 Nm
Damper threaded fastener ......................... 160 Nm
Wheel nut to drive shaft.............................. 160 Nm
Brake caliper to swinging arm ...................... 21 Nm
33.7
1
2
2
1
K14330011
33 17 373 Removing
and installing needle roller races in rear swinging arm
Installing needle roller races
Removing needle roller races
Attention:
Install needle roller races with sealing ring to the
outside.
•
•
Remove protective caps (1).
Remove bearing bushings (2) from swinging arm.
e
33 6 661
33 1 541
K14330110
e Attention:
Protect mating faces (arrow) of the swinging arm
from scratches by covering with masking tape or
similar.
•
Drive needle roller races out of rear swinging arm
with drift, BMW No. 33 6 661.
33.8
K14330120
•
•
Heat bearing seats to 100 °C (212 °F).
Press in the outer needle roller races with drift,
BMW No. 33 1 541.
Removing and installing needle bearings in rear swinging arm
33 1 541
Removing needle roller bearing
33 6 651
33 1 542
B
33 6 652
K14330130
•
•
•
Press in the inner needle roller races with drift,
BMW No. 33 1 541, and drift,
BMW No. 33 1 542.
Fit bearing bushes into swinging arm.
Place protective caps in position.
1
K14330012
•
•
Remove bearing bushing (1) from swinging arm.
Lever out the sealing rings with a screwdriver.
33 6 620
K14330170
e
Attention:
Protect mating faces (arrow) of the swinging arm
from scratches by covering with masking tape or
similar.
•
Press needle bearing out of rear swinging arm
with drift, BMW No. 33 6 620.
33.9
Installing needle roller bearing
• Heat bearing seats to 100 °C (212 °F).
Removing and installing reaction link
33 53 220
33 6 671
1
K14330190
K14330180
•
Press in needle roller bearing with
drift, BMW No. 33 6 671.
•
•
•
•
Remove nuts (1).
Slightly raise the rear wheel and pull stud to the
right to remove.
Remove the reaction link.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
33 6 671
Grease needle bearings with Shell Retinax EP2.
X
33 6 672
Tightening torque:
Reaction link to swinging arm....................... 41 Nm
Reaction link to angled lever ........................ 41 Nm
K14330200
•
•
Install sealing rings with
drift, BMW No. 33 6 671, and spacing
ring, BMW No. 33 6 672.
Fit bearing bushing.
33.10
Removing and installing angled lever
33 53 200
Removing and installing needle roller bearings and needle roller
races in angled lever
33 53 610
Removing needle roller bearings and needle
roller races
– Remove angled lever.
1
2
4
5
6
4
3
K14330180
•
•
•
•
•
Slacken the nuts of the fastener securing the
strut to the angled lever (3).
Slightly raise the rear wheel and remove
fastener (3).
Remove the fastener securing the angled lever to
spring strut (2).
Remove the fastener securing the angled lever to
frame (1) and remove the angled lever.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
K14330210
•
•
Remove bearing bushings (5).
Lever out sealing rings (4) with screwdriver.
d
Warning:
Use a new screw and nut to secure the angled lever
to the frame (1).
33 6 620
L Note:
Grease needle bearings with Shell Retinax EP2.
X
Tightening torque:
Angled lever to frame
Initial torque ................................................. 58 Nm
Additional angle of rotation....................... 45° ± 15°
Angled lever to spring strut .......................... 41 Nm
Angled lever to reaction link ......................... 41 Nm
K14330160
L Note:
To simplify driving out, heat the angled lever to
80 °C (212 °F).
Use temperature measuring
device, BMW No. 00 1 900, to check the temperature.
•
Press out needle bearing (6) with
drift, BMW No. 33 6 620.
33.11
3353 Installing needle roller bearings and needle
roller races
33 6 631
5
4
6
33 6 632
4
K14330150
K14330210
•
Heat bearing seats to 80 °C (212 °F).
•
33 6 631
A
K14330140
•
•
Press in needle roller bearing (9) with
drift, BMW No. 33 6 631.
Offset “A” ..................................... 4 mm (0.1575 in)
33.12
Press in sealing rings (7) with
drift, BMW No. 33 6 631, and spacing
ring, BMW No. 33 6 632.
Install bearing bushings.
33 1 581
5
6
7
8
4
1
2
3
9
10
K14330010
Removing and installing drive
damper
Removing drive damper
• Release eccentric clamp (10).
• Back off adjusting screw (9).
• Turn the eccentric to slacken the belt.
• Remove the belt from the belt pulley.
• Slacken the rear fastener securing the belt cover.
• Remove the retaining ring.
• Apply the rear brake, and slacken nut (1) with
socket, BMW No. 33 1 581.
• Remove the pressure piece.
• Remove damper housing (6).
• Remove driver (8).
• Remove damper elements (7).
Disassembling drive damper
• Lever out shaft sealing ring (1) with screwdriver.
• Take out circlip (2) with circlip pliers.
• Place the damper housing (with bearing stop upward) on 2 wooden supports.
• Heat the damper housing to
approx. 80 °C (176 °F), lift it slightly and drop it
lightly onto the wooden supports.
– Bearing (3) drops out.
Removing pulley
Slacken 6 screws (4).
Remove belt pulley (5).
•
•
33.13
Assembling drive damper
Installing drive damper
• Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
• Grease the splines of the shaft with
Optimoly TA.
• Spray long-life lubricant on the splines in the
driver.
• Tighten clamping screws as follows:
– Slightly tighten clamping screws (10) until seated
– Tighten both clamping screws to initial torque of
10 Nm
– Tighten both clamping screws to final torque of
21 Nm
– Recheck that torque wrench clicks at 21 Nm for
both clamping screws.
11 7 601
33 1 571
K14330030
•
•
Drive in the bearing with
drift, BMW No. 33 1 571, and
handle, BMW No. 11 7 601.
Install retaining ring.
–
11 7 601
33 1 571
K14330040
•
•
Remove drift, BMW No. 33 1 571, from
handle, BMW No. 11 7 601, turn it through 180°
and reinstall.
Press in new sealing ring until seated, using
drift, BMW No. 33 1 571, and
handle, BMW No. 11 7 601.
Installing pulley
d
Warning:
Mount the belt pulley on the drive damper only when
the damper is lying flat.
•
•
•
•
•
Spray the tapped holes in the drive damper and
the contact faces on both sides between belt
pulley and drive damper with chain spray.
Lay the drive damper flat.
Carefully position the belt pulley on the drive
damper and hand-tighten the securing screws.
Tighten the securing screws to specified torque
in diagonally opposite sequence.
Turn the drive damper over and spray the projecting ends of the securing screws for the belt
pulley with chain spray.
33.14
d
Warning:
If belt pulley and/or drive damper is replaced, check
runout at belt pulley (a 33.15).
Adjust belt tension (a 00.56).
X
Tightening torque:
Belt pulley to damper housing...................... 28 Nm
Damper threaded fastener ......................... 160 Nm
Eccentric clamp, rear swinging arm
Initial torque ................................................. 10 Nm
Final torque .................................................. 21 Nm
Measuring runout of belt pulley
•
–
d
Warning:
If belt pulley and/or drive damper is replaced, runout
at the belt pulley has to be measured.
•
•
•
•
Back off screws of eccentric clamp by 0.5 to
1 turn.
Back off the adjusting screw.
Turn the eccentric to slacken the belt.
Remove the belt from the belt pulley.
00 2 510
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Adjust belt tension (a 00.56).
X
Tightening torque:
Belt cover to swinging arm ............................. 9 Nm
Eccentric clamp, rear swinging arm
Initial torque ................................................. 10 Nm
Final torque .................................................. 21 Nm
34 2 510
K14330220
•
•
•
Remove paint mark, if applicable.
Secure dial gauge, BMW No. 00 2 510, with
slide, BMW No. 34 2 510, in dial-gauge holder
and align with middle of drive shaft.
Measure the lowest point (minimum) of the teeth
of the belt pulley and mark indelibly with paint (arrow).
33.15
Removing and installing eccentric
with drive shaft
–
–
Remove rear wheel (a 36.7).
Remove drive damper (a 33.13).
1
Removing and installing floating bearing of
eccentric
• Lever shaft sealing ring out of eccentric with a
screwdriver.
• Place the eccentric (with bearing stop upward)
on 2 wooden supports.
• Heat the eccentric to approx. 40 °C (104 °F), lift
it slightly and drop it lightly onto the wooden supports.
– The bearing drops out.
• Lever out the second shaft seal.
11 7 601
33 1 561
2
•
•
•
K14330020
Remove fasteners (1) from brake caliper, remove
brake caliper and secure to the rear frame at the
same height, using cable ties.
Remove ABS sensor (2).
Pull eccentric with drive shaft to the left and clear
of the swinging arm.
K14330070
L
Note:
Drift, BMW No. 33 1 561, is used for installing the
Separating eccentric from drive shaft
fixed bearing and the floating bearing. Use the appropriate stub end in each case.
33 1 552
00 7 500
•
•
33 1 307
33 1 551
K14330050
•
Force the eccentric off the drive shaft using
bridge, BMW No. 33 1 552, thrust
piece, BMW No. 33 1 307, universal
puller, BMW No. 00 7 500, and supportplate, BMW No. 33 1 551.
L Note:
The eccentric can also be separated from the shaft
with the aid of an hydraulic press.
33.16
•
•
Press in new sealing ring until seated, using
drift, BMW No. 33 1 561, and
handle, BMW No. 11 7 601.
Heat eccentric to approx. 40 °C (104 °F).
Drive in bearing until seated, using
drift, BMW No. 33 1 561, and
handle, BMW No. 11 7 601.
Press in new second sealing ring until seated,
using drift, BMW No. 33 1 561, and
handle, BMW No. 11 7 601.
Removing and installing fixed bearing of eccentric
• Turn the eccentric over onto the other side.
• Remove the circlip.
• Heat the eccentric to approx. 40 °C (104 °F), lift
it slightly and drop it lightly onto the wooden supports.
– The bearing drops out.
Pressing eccentric onto drive shaft
31 5 692
31 5 696
11 7 601
31 5 611
31 5 691
K14330060
33 1 561
•
Mount the eccentric on the drive shaft using M12
threaded rod, BMW No. 31 5 691,
plate, BMW No. 23 4 782, threaded
bushing, BMW No. 31 5 611,
support, BMW No. 31 5 696, and M12 nut with
bearing, BMW No. 31 5 692.
•
Installation in the swinging arm is the reverse of
the removal procedure, pay particular attention
to the following.
K14330080
L Note:
Drift, BMW No. 33 1 561, is used for installing the
fixed bearing and the floating bearing. Use the appropriate stub end in each case.
•
•
•
Heat eccentric to approx. 40 °C (104 °F).
Drive in bearing until seated, using
drift, BMW No. 33 1 561, and
handle, BMW No. 11 7 601.
Install the circlip.
23 4 782
e Attention:
Working from the left, push the eccentric with drive
shaft all the way into the swinging arm until it is seated against the stop.
X
Tightening torque:
Swinging-arm pivot .................................... 100 Nm
Reaction link to swinging arm....................... 41 Nm
Belt cover to swinging arm ............................. 9 Nm
ABS sensor to swinging arm .......................... 9 Nm
Eccentric clamp, rear swinging arm
Initial torque ................................................. 10 Nm
Final torque .................................................. 21 Nm
Damper threaded fastener ......................... 160 Nm
Wheel nut to drive shaft.............................. 160 Nm
Brake caliper to swinging arm ...................... 21 Nm
33.17
34
34 Brakes
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Removing and installing front brake caliper ..................................................................5
Removing and installing front brake pads (a 00.46)
Removing and installing front brake pistons
.......................................................5
.......................................................................6
Removing and installing front brake disc ........................................................................7
Checking brake disc for wear (a 00.45)
...............................................................................7
Checking front brake disc for lateral runout
Removing and installing rear brake caliper
.................................................................7
...................................................................8
Removing and installing rear brake pads (a 00.46)
.........................................................8
Removing and installing rear brake pistons
........................................................................9
Removing and installing rear brake disc
.......................................................................10
Checking brake disc for wear (a 00.47)
.............................................................................10
Checking rear brake disc for lateral runout
.................................................................10
Replacing primary sealing boot, front brake master cylinder (a 00.52)
Removing and installing front brake master cylinder
Removing and installing handbrake lever (a 32.13)
............................................ 11
.................................................. 11
Replacing primary sealing boot, rear brake master cylinder (a 00.53)
Removing and installing rear brake master cylinder
Removing and installing brake pedal
.......10
........ 11
..............................................12
..............................................................................13
Checking blow-by clearance at piston thrust rod, adjusting if necessary
...........14
Checking blow-by clearance at piston rod .........................................................................................14
Adjusting play at piston rod ............................................................................................................... 14
Removing and installing front ABS sensor
...................................................................15
Removing and installing front ABS sensor ring
......................................................... 15
34.1
Contents
Page
Removing and installing rear ABS sensor
....................................................................16
Removing and installing ABS control unit
....................................................................17
Removing and installing front brake lines/hoses (with ABS)
Removing and installing brake lines
.............................18
.....................................................................................18
Removing and installing front brake hoses ........................................................................19
Removing and installing rear brake lines/hoses (with ABS)
...............................19
Removing and installing brake lines
.....................................................................................19
Removing and installing brake hose
.....................................................................................20
Checking front ABS sensor ring for runout
34.2
.................................................................23
34
Technical Data 34 Brakes
F 650 CS
Brake fluid
DOT 4
Front wheel
Type
Hydraulically actuated 2-piston floating caliper
with fixed brake disc
Brake pad lining
Sintered metal
Minimum lining thickness
Brake pad surface area
mm (in) 1 (0.039)
cm2 45.6 (7.068)
(sq in)
Brake disc dia.
mm (in) 300 (11.81)
Brake disc thickness
mm (in) 5 (0.197)
Minimum thickness of brake discs
mm (in) 4.5 (0.177)
Permissible lateral runout
mm (in) 0.14 (0.0055)
Piston dia. in brake caliper
mm (in) 30/32 (1.18/1.26)
Piston diameter in handlebar lever cylinder
mm (in) 13 (0.512)
Rear wheel
Type
Hydraulically actuated 1-piston floating caliper
with fixed brake disc
Brake pad lining
Organic
Minimum lining thickness
Brake pad surface area
mm (in) 1 (0.039)
cm2 29.1 (4.51)
(sq in)
Brake disc dia.
mm (in) 240 (9.449)
Brake disc thickness
mm (in) 5 (0.197)
Minimum thickness of brake discs
mm (in) 4.5 (0.177)
Permissible lateral runout
mm (in) 0.14 (0.0055)
Piston dia. in brake caliper
mm (in) 34 (1.339)
Piston dia. in actuating cylinder
mm (in) 13 (0.512)
ABS
Type
Nippon ABS
Sensor gap, front
mm (in) max. 1.5 (0.059)
Sensor gap, rear
mm (in) max. 0.7 (0.028)
34.3
34.4
34 11 021
Removing and installing
front brake caliper
e
Attention:
Top up brake fluid and bleed brake system.
–
Operate brake several times until brake pads are
bedded.
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
e Attention:
Comply with safety instructions for handling brake
fluid.
X
Tightening torque:
Brake caliper to slider tube ......................... 41 Nm
Brake line to brake caliper............................ 18 Nm
•
Press the brake caliper against the brake disc in
order to force the piston back.
34 11 008 Removing and installing front
brake pads (a 00.46)
1
4
3
2
K14000230
•
•
•
Disconnect brake line (2) from brake caliper and
seal the line.
Loosen retaining screws (1) for brake carrier.
Carefully pull brake carrier (3) with brake
caliper (4) off the brake disc.
e Attention:
Do not damage brake pads.
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
L Note:
Replace sealing rings for brake line.
34.5
6
5
1
4
2
3
K14340020
Removing and installing front
brake pistons
34 11 521
–
•
•
•
•
1
Remove front brake caliper.
Remove the split-pin keeper (2) from retaining
pin (1).
Drive the retaining pin out toward the wheel side.
Pull the brake pads (3) down to remove.
Insert a piece of cloth between the brake piston
and the caliper.
e
Attention:
Do not insert your fingers between the pistons; risk
of injury.
•
•
•
Carefully press out brake pistons (6), using a
compressed air gun at the brake line connection.
Remove the two sealing rings (4, 5) from the left
and right brake cylinder bores.
Examine the brake caliper pistons for damage.
34 1 500
E000420
•
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Coat new sealing rings (4, 5) with brake fluid and
install.
Coat the brake pistons (6) with the assembly fluid
supplied and install.
e
Attention:
Keep the brake pistons parallel with their bores
when installing.
•
•
34.6
Fully force back the pistons with resetting
tool, BMW No. 34 1 500, and metal strip (1)
(approx. 8 mm thick).
Install the brake pads.
34 11 809
Removing and installing
front brake disc
Checking brake disc for wear
(a 00.45)
e Attention:
Checking front brake disc for lateral
runout
–
e
Attention:
Do not operate the brake with the wheel removed.
Do not operate the brake with the wheel removed.
Remove front wheel (a 36.5).
–
3
Remove front wheel (a 36.5).
00 2 510
A
2
K14340010
L
Note:
Retaining screws (2) are secured with Loctite 2701
F340050
and should be heated if necessary before removal.
•
•
•
•
•
Remove retaining screws (2) from brake disc.
[ABS] Remove sensor ring (3).
Remove brake disc.
e
Attention:
The inscription on the brake disc must face toward
Mount front wheel on balancing
stand, BMW No. 36 3 606, with balancing
shaft, BMW No. 36 3 600.
Using dial gauge, BMW No. 00 2 510, measure
lateral runout.
Lateral runout “A” ............................. max. 0.14 mm
the inside.
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Clean the threads of the securing screws and
wheel hub, coat threads with Loctite 2701 and
install the screws.
X
Tightening torque:
Brake disc to front wheel hub
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)........................ 10 Nm
34.7
34 21 222 Removing
and installing rear
brake caliper
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
L Note:
e Attention:
Replace sealing rings for brake line.
Comply with safety instructions for handling brake
fluid.
–
–
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove rear wheel (a 36.7).
Press the brake caliper against the brake disc in
order to force the piston back
Disconnect brake line from brake caliper, seal
the bore and hook it onto the rear frame.
e
Attention:
Top up brake fluid and bleed brake system.
Operate brake several times until brake pads are
bedded.
X
Tightening torque:
Brake line to brake caliper............................ 18 Nm
Brake caliper to swinging arm ...................... 21 Nm
1
Removing and installing rear
brake pads (a 00.46)
34 21 200
K14340030
e
Attention:
Do not damage brake pads.
•
Remove fasteners of brake caliper (1) and carefully remove the brake caliper from the rear
swinging arm.
34.8
6
4
5
1
3
2
K14340040
Removing and installing rear brake
pistons
–
•
•
•
•
Remove rear brake caliper.
Remove the split-pin keeper (1) from retaining
pin (2).
Drive the retaining pin out toward the wheel side.
Remove brake pads (6).
Insert a piece of cloth between the brake piston
and the caliper.
e Attention:
•
•
•
•
•
e
Attention:
Keep the brake pistons parallel with their bores
when installing.
Do not insert your fingers between the pistons; risk
of injury.
•
•
•
Carefully press out brake pistons (5), using a
compressed air gun at the brake line connection.
Remove the two sealing rings (3, 4) from the
brake cylinder bores.
Examine the brake caliper pistons for damage.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Coat new sealing rings (3, 4) with brake fluid and
install.
Coat the brake pistons (5) with the assembly fluid
supplied and install.
Using piston compressor BMW No. 34 1 500, if
necessary, press the pistons fully back.
Install the brake pads.
34.9
34 21 301 Removing
brake disc
Checking brake disc for wear
(a 00.47)
e
Attention:
Do not operate the brake with the wheel removed.
Checking rear brake disc for lateral
runout
–
–
–
and installing rear
Remove rear wheel (a 36.7).
Remove rear brake caliper.
Remove the eccentric (a 33.16).
–
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove rear wheel (a 36.7).
36 3 600
1
00 2 510
K14340050
L Note:
Retaining screws (1) are secured with Loctite 2701
and should be heated if necessary before removal.
K14340060
•
Secure dial gauge, BMW No. 00 2 510, to balancing jig, BMW No. 36 3 600, and measure lateral runout.
Lateral runout.................. max. 0.14 mm (0.0055 in)
•
•
•
Remove retaining screws (1) from brake disc.
Remove brake disc.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
e
Attention:
The inscription on the brake disc must face toward
the eccentric.
•
•
Clean the threads of the securing screws and
rear wheel shaft, coat threads with Loctite 2701
and install.
After installing the rear wheel, adjust the belt tension (a 00.56).
X
Tightening torque:
Brake disc to rear wheel drive shaft
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)........................ 11 Nm
34.10
Replacing primary sealing boot,
front brake master cylinder (a 00.52)
Removing and installing front brake
master cylinder
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
e
Attention:
Comply with safety instructions for handling brake
fluid.
•
•
Drain the brake system.
Remove brake light switch.
K14320020
1
e Attention:
The position of the handlebar fitting is indicated by a
punch mark (arrow).
L
Note:
Replace the sealing rings for the brake hose.
2
E340201
•
•
•
Disconnect brake hose (1) from the brake master
cylinder.
Remove screws securing brake master
cylinder (2).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
e
Attention:
Top up brake fluid and bleed brake system.
Operate brake several times until brake pads are
bedded.
X
Tightening torque:
Brake hose to brake master cylinder ............ 18 Nm
Handlebar fitting to handlebar ........................ 9 Nm
Brake-light switch
to handlebar fitting ......................................... 3 Nm
32 72 119 Removing and installing
handbrake lever (a 32.13)
Replacing primary sealing boot, rear
brake master cylinder (a 00.53)
34.11
3
4
5
2
1
K14340070
Removing and installing
rear brake master cylinder
34 31 001
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
e
Attention:
Comply with safety instructions for handling brake
fluid.
Do not operate the brake when disassembled.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Drain the brake system.
Disengage piston thrust rod (1).
Disconnect brake line (3).
Open the hose clamp of the expansion tank (4).
Remove deflector (5).
Remove fasteners (2) of brake master cylinder
and remove brake master cylinder with cover.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Secure brake line to brake master cylinder.
Tighten non-reusable hose clip (4) with pliers,
BMW No. 13 1 500.
34.12
e Attention:
Top up brake fluid and bleed brake system.
Operate brake several times until brake pads are
bedded.
Check/adjust blow-by clearance at piston rod.
e
Attention:
If the vehicle is equipped with ABS, the brake system has to be bled using the BMWMoDiTeC, and
the Control Units, Toolbox ABS, routine; this procedure is supplementary to that described in the Repair Manual.
If the BMWMoDiTeC is not used there is a danger of
residual air remaining in the control circuits of the
ABS system.
X
Tightening torque:
Brake line to bake master cylinder ............... 18 Nm
Master brake cylinder to frame ..................... 10 Nm
Deflector to frame .......................................... 6 Nm
5
4
3
1
2
K14340070
Removing and installing
brake pedal
35 21 000
•
Disengage piston thrust rod (1).
e
Attention:
Note washer (4) between lever and frame.
•
•
•
•
Remove hexagon fit bolt (3).
Remove footbrake lever (2) with torsion
spring (5).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Grease the bearing bushing with Staburags
NBU 30 PTM.
e
Attention:
Check/adjust blow-by clearance at piston rod.
The brake light must come on as soon as the rear
brake begins to take effect.
X
Tightening torque:
Brake pedal to frame.................................... 21 Nm
34.13
Checking blow-by clearance at piston
thrust rod, adjusting if necessary
•
Insert feeler gauge between the brake-light
switch lever and the stop on the frame (arrow).
Feeler gauge thickness:............ 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
Checking blow-by clearance at piston rod
3
2
1
K14000291
K14340090
•
•
•
Press the footbrake lever.
Insert feeler gauge between the brake-light
switch lever (1) and the stop on the frame (arrow).
Slowly release the footbrake lever and check
play.
Play must be perceptible
Feeler gauge thickness: .......... 0.15 mm (0.006 in)
No play perceptible
Feeler gauge thickness: ........ 0.35 mm (0.0138 in)
Adjusting play at piston rod
A
K14340080
•
Set the adjusting screw of the footbrake lever to
distance “A”.
Distance A: ....... 12.2 ± 0.2 mm (0.48 ± 0.00787 in)
(Bottom edge of footbrake lever to top edge of adjusting screw.)
34.14
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unscrew locknut (2).
Insert piston rod (3), turning it clockwise until
play is perceptible.
Carefully back off piston rod to take up play and
tighten locknut.
Remove the feeler gauge.
Recheck play.
Apply coloured sealing lacquer to the locknut.
X
Tightening torque:
Locknut for adjustable stop,
brake-light switch........................................... 4 Nm
Locknut for thrust rod..................................... 9 Nm
Removing and installing
front ABS sensor
34 52 044
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Removing and installing
front ABS sensor ring
34 51 610
e Attention:
Do not operate the brake with the wheel removed.
–
Remove front wheel (a 36.5).
5
1
K14340110
•
•
•
4
Remove the fastener securing ABS sensor (1) to
the front fork.
Release ABS sensor cable from clip (arrow).
Turn the handlebars to the left.
K14340010
L
Note:
Retaining screws (4) are secured with Loctite 2701
and should be heated if necessary before removal.
•
•
•
•
3
2
Remove retaining screws (4) from brake disc.
Remove sensor ring (5).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Clean the threads of the securing screws and
wheel hub, coat threads with Loctite 2701 and
install the screws.
X
K14340100
•
•
•
•
•
Tightening torque:
Brake disc to front wheel hub
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)........................ 10 Nm
Disconnect ABS plug (2) and push ABS plug (3)
out of the holder by pushing back the lug.
Remove the sensor cable from the clips on the
brake hose.
Cut through the cable ties at the instrument wiring harness.
Remove the sensor and the cable.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Front ABS sensor ........................................... 9 Nm
34.15
34 52 111 Removing
and installing rear
ABS sensor
–
–
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Slacken the belt (a 00.57).
Remove the belt from the belt pulley.
1
2
K14340140
•
•
•
Disconnect ABS plug (2) and push ABS plug out
of the holder by pushing back the lug.
Remove the ABS sensor cable from the clips and
pull it aside. Cut the cable ties at the brake hose.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
K14340120
•
Remove ABS sensor (1) from the eccentric.
K14340150
K14000330
•
•
Remove the fasteners for the belt cover (arrows)
and lift the belt cover with lines clear of the
swinging arm.
Remove the ABS sensor cable from belt cover.
e
Attention:
The white mark (arrow) on the sensor cable must be
aligned with the rear edge of the belt cover.
•
Adjust belt tension (a 00.57).
X
Tightening torque:
ABS sensor in eccentric................................. 9 Nm
Belt cover to swinging arm ............................. 9 Nm
34.16
Removing and installing ABS
control unit
34 51 050
e Attention:
2
All work on the ABS control unit must be carried out
by an authorised BMW workshop.
e
Attention:
If brake fluid escapes, it may damage paint.
Line connections must be protected against dirt
penetration; seal or cover ends of lines and ports.
–
–
•
Remove rear brake lines (a 34.19).
Remove front brake lines (a 34.18).
Remove the battery breather hose and cable for
the brake-light switch out of the holders on the
battery holder.
K14340210
•
•
•
•
Release locking washers (arrows).
Lift the ABS control unit with battery carrier out of
the frame, while carefully pushing aside brake
line (2) from the control unit to the front master
brake cylinder.
Remove the fasteners securing the control unit
to the battery holder and remove the control unit
from the battery holder.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
e Attention:
Top up brake fluid and bleed brake system.
Operate brake several times until brake pads are
bedded.
1
K14340140
•
Disconnect ABS plug (1) and push ABS plug out
of the holder by pushing back the lug.
e Attention:
If the vehicle is equipped with ABS, the brake system has to be bled using the BMWMoDiTeC, and
the Control Units, Toolbox ABS, routine; this procedure is supplementary to that described in the Repair Manual.
If the BMWMoDiTeC is not used there is a danger of
residual air remaining in the control circuits of the
ABS system.
X
Tightening torque:
ABS control unit to holder ............................ 21 Nm
34.17
Removing and installing front brake
lines/hoses (with ABS)
3
e
Attention:
If the vehicle is equipped with ABS, the brake system has to be bled using the BMWMoDiTeC, and
the Control Units, Toolbox ABS, routine; this procedure is supplementary to that described in the Repair Manual.
If the BMWMoDiTeC is not used there is a danger of
residual air remaining in the control circuits of the
ABS system.
4
K14340170
Removing and installing brake lines
–
•
–
–
–
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Drain the brake system.
Remove right cover (a 46.6).
Remove cover of connector, right (a 46.9).
Remove right oil-tank cover (a 46.14).
Push up the tab to pull the fuse box from the
holder.
•
•
•
–
•
•
Disconnect brake line to brake caliper (4) and
brake line to brake master cylinder (3) from
adapter.
Release the brake line from the clips on the
frame.
Remove brake line from control unit to brake caliper.
Remove control unit with battery holder
(a 34.17).
Remove brake line from control unit to brake
master cylinder.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
2
e
Attention:
Top up brake fluid and bleed brake system.
Operate brake several times until brake pads are
bedded.
1
X
K14340160
•
Disconnect brake line to brake caliper (1) and
brake line to brake master cylinder (2) at control
unit.
34.18
Tightening torque:
Brake lines to ABS control unit..................... 18 Nm
Brake lines at adapter
to brake hose ............................................... 18 Nm
34 32 401
Removing and installing front
brake hoses
e
Attention:
Top up brake fluid and bleed brake system.
–
Operate brake several times until brake pads are
bedded.
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove right cover (a 46.6).
e
Attention:
X
Tightening torque:
Comply with safety instructions for handling brake
Brake hose to brake master cylinder ............ 18 Nm
fluid.
•
•
Drain the brake system.
Disconnect brake hose from brake caliper.
Brake hose to brake caliper ......................... 18 Nm
Brake hose to adapter
to brake line ................................................. 18 Nm
Removing and installing rear brake
lines/hoses (with ABS)
e Attention:
K14340250
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
[ABS] Disconnect the brake hoses at the adapter to the brake lines (arrows).
Remove the brake hose from the clips on the
sensor cable.
Disconnect the brake hose from the brake master cylinder.
Release the brake hose from the clip on the fork.
Remove the brake hose.
[ABS] Remove both brake hoses.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
If the vehicle is equipped with ABS, the brake system has to be bled using the BMWMoDiTeC, and
the Control Units, Toolbox ABS, routine; this procedure is supplementary to that described in the Repair Manual.
If the BMWMoDiTeC is not used there is a danger of
residual air remaining in the control circuits of the
ABS system.
Removing and installing brake lines
–
•
–
–
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Drain the brake system.
Remove the rear frame (a 46.16).
Remove the battery (a 00.20).
Remove the stowage-compartment frame
(a 46.14).
L Note:
Replace the sealing rings for the brake hoses.
1
2
K14340180
•
Disconnect brake line to brake master
cylinder (1) and brake line to adapter with brake
hose (2) at control unit.
34.19
L
Note:
Install new cable ties before installing the cable
guide.
1
e
Attention:
Top up brake fluid and bleed brake system.
Operate brake several times until brake pads are
bedded.
K14340190
•
•
•
•
•
•
Release ABS sensor cable from holder (arrow).
Disconnect brake line (1) from adapter.
Release brake line from clip on frame and from
retaining clip on battery breather hose.
Remove the brake line.
Disconnect brake line from brake master cylinder.
Release the brake line from both clips on the
frame.
X
Tightening torque:
Brake lines to ABS control unit..................... 18 Nm
Brake line to adapter
with brake hose............................................ 18 Nm
Brake line to brake master cylinder .............. 18 Nm
34 52 080
Removing and installing brake
hose
4
2
3
K14180020
K14340200
•
•
•
•
•
Disconnect plug for control unit (2).
Cut through the cable ties (arrows), push the wiring harness forward and lay it down.
Remove cable guide (3).
Remove brake line (4).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
34.20
L
Note:
Before removing the silencer, use adhesive tape to
mask the rim at the silencer (arrow).
–
–
Remove silencer (a 18.5).
Remove rear wheel (a 36.7).
2
3
1
11 1 780
•
•
•
K14000420
Back off screws of eccentric clamp (1) by 0.5 to
1 turn.
Back off adjusting screw (2) several turns.
Relieve tension on belt by backing off eccentric
with punch, BMW No. 11 1 780.
K14340120
•
•
Remove ABS sensor (3) from the eccentric.
Disconnect brake hose from brake caliper.
d
Warning:
Do not bend the belt sharply or twist it. Do not bend
the belt through a radius of less than 100 mm.
•
Remove the belt from the belt pulley.
4
K14000340
•
•
•
Remove the fastener securing the strut (4) to the
swinging arm.
Remove the swinging arm pivot shaft.
Remove the swinging arm.
K14000330
•
Remove fasteners securing belt cover (arrows).
34.21
•
•
Hold adapter in position and introduce the brake
line.
Tighten the fasteners of adapter, brake hose and
brake line.
1
5
K14340230
•
Unclip brake hose (1) from the belt cover.
K14340230
2
3
•
Clip brake hose (5) into the belt cover, making
sure that the rubber grommet (arrow) is correctly
positioned.
L Note:
4
Grease the axle of the swinging arm with
Optimoly TA before installing.
Note the thrust washers when installing the swinging arm.
K14340220
•
•
•
•
•
Release ABS sensor cable from holder at adapter.
Disconnect brake hose (3) from adapter.
Disconnect brake line (2) from adapter.
Remove fastener for adapter (4) and remove
adapter.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L Note:
Replace the sealing rings for the brake hose.
•
Connect brake hose to adapter.
34.22
–
Adjust belt tension (a 00.56).
L Note:
Before installing it on the silencer, coat the inside of
the clamp with Optimoly TA.
X
Tightening torque:
Silencer to rear frame................................... 41 Nm
Silencer to elbow ......................................... 55 Nm
Rear wheel nut ........................................... 160 Nm
Eccentric clamp, rear swinging arm
Initial torque ................................................. 10 Nm
Final torque .................................................. 21 Nm
Belt cover to swinging arm ............................. 9 Nm
ABS sensor .................................................... 9 Nm
Brake hose to brake caliper ......................... 18 Nm
Reaction link to swinging arm....................... 41 Nm
Swinging-arm pivot shaft............................ 100 Nm
Brake hose to adapter.................................. 18 Nm
Brake line to adapter .................................... 18 Nm
Adapter to frame ............................................ 9 Nm
Checking front ABS sensor ring for
runout
–
Take load off front wheel and lift it clear of
ground.
K14340240
•
•
Check gap between ABS sensor and sensor ring
by inserting feeler gauge at three points offset
120° around the ring.
Replace the sensor ring if the measured gap is
greater than the maximum permissible sensor
gap at one or more point (a 34.15).
ABS sensor gap .................max. 1.5 mm (0.059 in)
34.23
36
36 Wheels and tyres
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Removing and installing front wheel
.................................................................................5
Removing front wheel ....................................................................................................................5
Installing front wheel
......................................................................................................................5
Removing and installing front wheel bearing
......................................................................6
Removing left-hand wheel bearing ......................................................................................................6
Removing right-hand wheel bearing ....................................................................................................6
Installing wheel bearings .....................................................................................................................7
Removing and installing rear wheel
...................................................................................7
Checking front and rear wheel rims
..................................................................................8
Checking rims ...................................................................................................................................8
Static balancing of front/rear wheel
..................................................................................9
36.1
36.2
36
Technical Data 36 Wheels
F 650 CS
Front wheel
Type
Cast light-alloy wheel
Tyre size
110/70 ZR 17
Tyre pressures (cold)
One-up
bar (psi) 2.2 (31.91)
Two-up
bar (psi) 2.2 (31.91)
Two-up and luggage
bar (psi) 2.2 (31.91)
Maximum imbalance
Rim size
g (oz.) 30 (1.059)
3.00 X 17
Maximum vertical runout (rim)
mm (in) 0.3 (0.0118)
Maximum lateral runout (rim)
mm (in) 0.3 (0.0118)
Rear wheel
Type
Cast light-alloy wheel
Tyre size
160/60 ZR 17
Tyre pressures (cold)
One-up
bar (psi) 2.5 (36.26)
Two-up
bar (psi) 2.5 (36.26)
Two-up and luggage
bar (psi) 2.5 (36.26)
Maximum imbalance
Rim size
g (oz.) 30 (1.059)
4.50 X 17
Maximum vertical runout (rim)
mm (in) 0.3 (0.012)
Maximum lateral runout (rim)
mm (in) 0.3 (0.012)
36.3
36.4
Removing and installing
front wheel
36 30 300
36 30 300
–
•
Removing front wheel
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Mask off the rim.
36 30 300
e Attention:
When installing, avoid damage to ABS sensor, sensor ring, brake disc and brake pads.
•
•
•
•
•
•
1
•
•
3
2
K14360080
•
Remove ABS sensor (3).
Installing front wheel
Clean the quick-release axle and the contact
face of the shaft sealing ring and grease them
with Optimoly TA.
Install spacer sleeves.
Insert the front wheel between the telescopicfork legs.
Install the quick-release axle with spacer.
Firmly tighten quick-release axle.
Lower the front wheel to the ground and, with the
handbrake applied, compress the front suspension firmly several times.
Tighten clamp screws (2) for the quick-release
axle.
Install ABS sensor (3).
X
Tightening torque:
Quick-release axle to fork leg ....................... 30 Nm
Clamp screw for front quick-release axle ..... 23 Nm
ABS sensor, front........................................... 9 Nm
K14360060
•
Take load off front wheel/lift clear of ground.
e Attention:
When removing, avoid damage to ABS sensor, sensor ring, brake disc and brake pads.
•
•
•
Remove hex bolt (1).
Slacken clamp screws (2) for the quick-release
axle.
Pull out the quick-release axle, remove the spacers.
e
Attention:
Do not operate the handbrake lever when the wheel
is removed.
Protect the wheel bearings against dirt and moisture.
Carefully guide the masked front-wheel rim past the
brake caliper, taking care not to scrape the rim.
•
Roll the front wheel forward to remove.
36.5
1
3
4
K14360010
36 31 851 Removing
and installing front
wheel bearing
–
Remove front wheel.
00 8 572
31 4 800
K14360020
To simplify removal or installation, heat the bearing
seat to 100 °C (212 °F).
To avoid damaging the wheel hub, use variable support ring, BMW No. 31 4 800.
36.6
Removing right-hand wheel bearing
Lever out the shaft sealing ring with a screwdriver.
• Remove bearing (1) with countersupport, BMW No. 00 8 572, internal
puller, BMW No. 00 8 574, and variable support
ring, BMW No. 31 4 800.
•
00 8 574
L Note:
Removing left-hand wheel bearing
• Lever out the shaft sealing ring with a
screwdriver.
• Remove wheel bearing (4) with countersupport, BMW No. 00 8 572, internal
puller, BMW No. 00 8 574, and variable support
ring, BMW No. 31 4 800.
• Remove spacer sleeve (3).
36 30 320
36 31 851 Installing wheel bearings
• Clean the bearing seats.
Removing and installing rear
wheel
00 5 500
36 5 512
1
2
3
4
5
6
K14360070
K14360050
•
•
•
Drive in left wheel bearing with
handle, BMW No. 00 5 500, and
drift, BMW No. 36 5 512.
Install the spacer bushing.
Drive in right wheel bearing until seated using
handle, BMW No. 00 5 500, and
drift, BMW No. 36 5 512, making sure that wheel
is supported only by the left-hand wheel bearing.
L
Note:
The left-hand bearing must be seated on the stop in
the wheel hub. The spacer sleeve between the two
bearings should have no more than minimal axial
clearance, if any.
•
Install new shaft sealing ring with
handle, BMW No. 00 5 500, and
drift, BMW No. 36 5 512.
•
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove silencer (a 18.5).
Remove wheel stud cover (1).
Remove retaining ring (2).
Slacken wheel nut (3) with
socket, BMW No. 36 3 681.
Remove cup spring (4).
Remove washer (5).
Remove taper ring (6).
Remove the wheel.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Install cup spring (4) with the “OUTSIDE” wording
to the outside
e Attention:
Lightly coat the threads of the rear wheel fastener
with Optimoly TA.
•
•
Check retaining ring (2) for damage; replace if
necessary.
Tighten the wheel nut to the specified torque and
continue turning the nut until the pin of the retaining ring can be inserted into the next hole.
X
Tightening torque:
Wheel nut to drive shaft (wheel side),
(lightly coat the threads with
Optimoly TA) ............................................. 160 Nm
36.7
3
36 3 622
36 3 621
00 2 510
1
36 3 641
36 3 600
36 3 6242
36 3 614
2
K14360030
36 32 528 Checking
front and rear
wheel rims
–
–
•
•
Apply the dial gauge, BMW No. 00 2 510, only to
the machined inner surface of the wheel rim.
Remove the wheels.
36 32 528 Checking
rims
Remove tyre.
Level the balancing unit, BMW No. 36 3 600, at
bubble gauge (2) in the baseplate.
[Front wheel] Pass balancing
shaft, BMW No. 36 3 621, through the wheel
bearings and secure with
nut, BMW No. 36 3 622.
L
Note:
Lightly oil adapter (cylindrical), BMW No. 36 3 641,
prior to installation.
•
•
•
[Rear wheel] Pass balancing
shaft, BMW No. 36 3 614, and adapter
(cylindrical), BMW No. 36 3 641, through the
centre of the hub and secure with adapter
(tapered), BMW No. 36 3 642..
Fit wheel on balancing device.
Use pin (1) to lock the balancing shaft against the
balancing stand to prevent the shaft from turning.
36.8
L Note:
•
Measure lateral and vertical runout with dial
gauge (3), BMW No. 00 2 510.
Vertical runout................... max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in)
Lateral runout.................... max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in)
36 3 622
36 3 621
36 3 641
36 3 600
36 3 614
36 3 6242
1
K14360040
36 30 528
Static balancing of front/rear
wheel
–
•
•
Remove the wheels.
Level the balancing unit, BMW No. 36 3 600, at
bubble gauge (1) in the baseplate.
[Front wheel] Pass balancing
shaft, BMW No. 36 3 621, through the wheel
bearings and secure with
nut, BMW No. 36 3 622.
L Note:
Lightly oil adapter (cylindrical), BMW No. 36 3 641,
prior to installation.
•
•
•
•
[Rear wheel] Pass balancing
shaft, BMW No. 36 3 614, and adapter
(cylindrical), BMW No. 36 3 641, through the
centre of the hub and secure with adapter
(tapered), BMW No. 36 3 642.
Fit wheel on balancing device.
Allow wheel to settle.
Clean the attachment points for the adhesive
weights.
e Attention:
Maximum balance weight 30 grammes (1.059 oz).
•
•
Affix adhesive weights uniformly spaced on both
sides of the rim opposite the wheel’s heaviest
point.
Repeat the balancing procedure as a check.
36.9
46
46 Frame
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Overview of trim panels
............................................................................................................5
Removing and installing trim panels
.................................................................................6
Removing and installing left and right covers
.....................................................................6
Removing and installing rear cover ......................................................................................................6
Removing and installing front cover .....................................................................................................6
Removing and installing left and right covers .......................................................................................7
Removing and installing windscreen and windscreen holder
Removing and installing headlight surround
Removing and installing instrument cover
Removing and installing fairing bracket
.....................................8
.......................................................................8
...........................................................................8
................................................................................9
Removing and installing front mudguard
............................................................................10
Removing and installing rear mudguard
.............................................................................10
Removing and installing number-plate carrier .................................................................. 11
Removing and installing spray guard ................................................................................................. 11
Removing and installing number-plate carrier .................................................................................... 11
Removing and installing left/right rear trim panel
Removing and installing luggage rack
...........................................................12
.................................................................................12
Removing and installing stowage-compartment frame
Removing and installing oil-tank trim panels
................................................13
....................................................................13
Raising, removing and installing rear frame
................................................................14
Raising rear frame .........................................................................................................................14
Removing and installing rear frame .......................................................................................15
Removing frame
..........................................................................................................................17
Removing and installing left and right footrests
..............................................................20
Removing and installing rear footrest ...................................................................................20
46.1
Contents
Page
Removing and installing side stand truss ...........................................................................21
Removing and installing side stand
Measuring wheel track offset
......................................................................................21
..............................................................................................22
Measurement record, wheel track offset
......................................................................23
Key to measurement result: ...............................................................................................................23
Front wheel ........................................................................................................................................23
Rear wheel ........................................................................................................................................23
Example ............................................................................................................................................23
Checking frame with gauge ......................................................................................................24
46.2
46
Technical Data 46 Frame
F 650 CS
Frame
Type
Bridge-type tubular frame with integrated oil tank
and bolted on rear frame
Type plate location
On main frame, at front right
Frame No. location
On right of steering head
Dimensions
Maximum length
mm (in) 2143 (84.37)
Overall height in normal position (full fuel
load and 85 kg rider)
mm (in) 1342.5 (52.85)
Overall width (across mirrors)
mm (in) 893.2 (35.17)
Seat height without rider
mm (in) 780 (30.709)
[OE] Low seat
Ground clearance in normal position (full fuel
load and 85 kg rider)
mm (in) 750 (29.53)
mm (in) 130 (5.118)
Weights
Unladen weight, ready for road, tank full
(without optional extras)
kg/lbs 187 (412.26)
Dry weight
kg/lbs 170 (374.85)
Permitted gross weight
kg/lbs 370 (815.702)
Maximum payload
kg/lbs 183 (403.442)
Running-gear data
Wheelbase in normal position (full fuel load
and 85 kg rider)
mm (in) 1493 (58.78)
Castor in normal position (full fuel load and
85 kg rider)
mm (in) 86 (3.386)
Steering head angle in normal position (full
fuel load and 85 kg rider)
° 62.1 (to road)
Steering lock angle
° 37
Axle load split in normal position (f/r) (full fuel
load and 85 kg rider)
% 43.5/56.5
Wheel track offset
normal
mm (in) 0
max
mm (in) ± 6 (0.236)
46.3
46.4
Overview of trim panels
46.5
1
2
K14460060
46 63 Removing
and installing trim
panels
46 63 Removing
and installing left and
right covers
–
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove seat.
Removing and installing rear cover
• Remove fasteners of rear cover (1) and remove
the rear cover.
• Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame ..................................................... 9 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
46.6
Removing and installing front cover
• Remove screws (2) securing the front cover.
• Remove the front cover.
• Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
1
3
2
K14460060
Removing and installing left and right covers
– Remove rear cover.
• Remove securing screws for stowage-compartment rail and remove left/right stowage-compartment rail (1).
• Disconnect the plug for flashing turn indicator (3).
• Remove securing screw for flashing turn indicator (2).
• Remove securing screws for cover.
• Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
e Attention:
Make sure that the turn-indicator cable is not
trapped when you install the turn indicators.
X
Tightening torque:
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket
...................................................................... 3 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame..................................................... 9 Nm
46.7
4
3
5
1
2
K14460070
Removing and installing windscreen
and windscreen holder
46 63 021
•
–
–
•
•
Remove windscreen fasteners (2) and windscreen.
Remove left and right covers (a 46.6).
Remove fasteners for windscreen holder (1) and
remove windscreen holder.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Windscreen to windscreen holder .................. 2 Nm
Windscreen holder to fairing bracket .............. 9 Nm
Removing and installing headlight surround
–
•
•
•
Remove windscreen.
Slacken the fastener securing the instrument
cover.
Remove the fastener of headlight surround (3)
and remove the headlight surround.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Headlight surround to headlight ..................... 2 Nm
46.8
Removing and installing
instrument cover
•
•
Remove windscreen.
Remove fasteners for the instrument surround
and remove the surround.
Remove fasteners for instrument cover (4) and
remove the instrument cover.
X
Tightening torque:
Instrument cover to
fairing bracket ................................................ 2 Nm
Removing and installing left/right connector covers
Removing and installing right connector cover
– Remove right cover (a 46.6).
Removing and installing left connector cover
2
1
2
1
3
K14460320
K14460330
•
•
•
•
•
•
Open cable tie (1).
Slightly lift connector cover (2) at the bottom and
pull it forward.
Remove connector cover.
Position the top of the connector cover against
the frame.
Snap the connector cover into position at the
bottom.
Secure the cable cover with a cable tie.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Open cable tie (3).
Slightly lift connector cover (1) at the bottom and
pull it forward.
Pull connector cover down and out of securing
hook (2).
Remove securing hook.
Position the securing hook against the frame and
hold it in this position.
Guide the connector cover up behind the brake
lines and engage it in the securing hook, while
ensuring that the securing hook is correctly
seated (arrow).
Snap the connector cover into position at the
bottom.
Secure the cable cover with a cable tie.
46.9
46 63 198 Removing
and installing fairing
bracket
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Remove left and right covers.
Remove windscreen.
Remove windscreen holder.
Remove instrument cover.
Remove headlight surround.
Remove headlight (a 63.5).
Remove instrument panel (a 62.6).
•
•
•
Cut through cable clip.
Press cable holder inward to release it.
Turn the handlebars to the left.
4
1
K14460170
•
•
•
K14460150
•
Unclip plug of instrument cluster (1) from the fairing bracket and pass the cable through the fairing bracket.
2
3
K14460160
•
•
Unclip plug for turn indicator (2) from the fairing
bracket.
[ABS] Disconnect plug of front ABS sensor (3)
and unclip the plug.
46.10
Remove fasteners securing fairing bracket (4).
Remove the fairing bracket.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Fairing bracket to main frame ....................... 21 Nm
46 61 000
Removing and installing front
mudguard
46 63
–
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Removing and installing rear
mudguard
Remove seat.
2
1
4
3
5
6
K14460100
K14460080
•
•
–
•
•
•
Remove fasteners securing front section of front
mudguard (1).
Remove front section of front mudguard.
Remove front wheel (a 36.5).
Remove fastener securing rear section of front
mudguard.
Remove rear section of front mudguard.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove fastener (4).
Remove fasteners (2) for seat latch.
Remove fastener (3).
Remove fasteners (5).
Slacken fastener (6).
Remove mudguard.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Mudguard to rear frame ................................. 3 Nm
Tightening torque:
Front mudguard to slider tube ........................ 3 Nm
Front mudguard, front section, to
front mudguard, rear section .......................... 3 Nm
46.11
1
5
2
3
4
6
5
K14460110
46 62 Removing
and installing number-
plate carrier
46 62 Removing and installing spray guard
• Remove 3 fasteners from spray guard (4).
•
•
•
Tightening torque:
Spray guard to number-plate carrier .............. 3 Nm
–
•
Disconnect plug (6).
Release the fastener (2).
Remove screws (5) and remove finisher (1).
Remove turn indicators and number-plate light
(a 63.6).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, note that the screws are of different
lengths.
X
Tightening torque:
Handle to rear frame ...................................... 9 Nm
Rear finisher to rear frame .............................. 9 Nm
46.12
X
46 63 Removing and installing number-plate carrier
– Remove the number plate light (a 63.6).
• Remove 3 fasteners from number-plate
carrier (3).
X
Tightening torque:
Number-plate carrier to rear finisher............... 9 Nm
3
1
2
3
1
1
K14460090
46 63 Removing
and installing left/right
46 54
rear trim panel
rack
–
•
–
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove seat.
Remove luggage rack.
•
e
Attention:
Note washers.
•
•
•
Removing and installing luggage
Remove screws (3) and remove the luggage
rack.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, note that the screws are of different
lengths.
X
Tightening torque:
Handle to rear frame ...................................... 9 Nm
Remove fasteners of rear panel (1) and slacken
screws securing seat lock (2).
Remove rear panel.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Rear panel to rear frame................................. 2
Rear panel to seat lock .................................. 2
Handle to rear frame ...................................... 9
Rear finisher to rear frame .............................. 9
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
46.13
2
2
K14460120
Removing and installing stowagecompartment frame
Removing and installing oil-tank trim
panels
–
–
•
•
•
1
Remove seat.
Remove left and right covers.
Remove screws (2).
Remove the trim panel.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, note the washers and the spacer on the
right-hand side.
X
1
K14460040
•
•
•
Release fasteners (1).
Remove the stowage-compartment frame.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment frame to frame ........... 9 Nm
46.14
Tightening torque:
Oil-tank trim to frame ..................................... 5 Nm
Raising, removing and installing rear
frame
Raising rear frame
–
–
•
Remove left and right covers (a 46.6).
Remove silencer (a 18.5).
Secure front wheel in position.
K14460270
e
Attention:
Do not raise the rear frame all the way, as it is seated
against the lock of the seat (arrow).
•
K14460290
•
•
•
•
Use strap to suspend the rear frame to
crane, BMW No. 46 5 640.
Remove brake fluid reservoir from rear frame.
Remove lower fasteners securing rear frame to
main frame.
Slacken upper fasteners securing rear frame to
main frame.
•
Raise the rear frame far enough to expose the
upper eye of the spring strut.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L
Note:
When lowering the rear frame, make sure that the
brake line is routed between the front section of the
rear mudguard and the rear frame.
•
Clean the tapped bore in the frame and the
threads of the bottom rear frame securing screw,
coat threads with Loctite 2701 and install the
screw.
X
Tightening torque:
Rear frame to main frame
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)........................ 24
Brake fluid reservoir to rear frame .................. 4
Clamp for silencer ........................................ 55
Silencer to frame .......................................... 41
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
46.15
46 51 050 Removing
and installing rear
frame
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Secure front wheel in position.
Remove seat.
Remove left and right covers (a 46.6).
Disconnect battery.
Remove silencer (a 18.5).
Remove brake fluid reservoir from rear frame.
3
K14160040
5
•
4
2
Disconnect the breather hose from the roll-over
valve.
6
1
13 3 010
K14160020
•
•
•
•
Close off fuel supply line (2) and the fuel return
line (1) with hose clips, BMW No. 13 3 010.
Open the hose clips (arrows) and disconnect the
fuel lines from the fuel-pump unit.
Disconnect the plugs for fuel pump (3) and fuellevel sensor (5).
Remove the fastener securing the plug of the
brake-light switch (4) to the rear frame.
7
K14160060
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
46.16
Disconnect the plug for turn indicator/numberplate light (7).
Disconnect 3 plugs (6) for rear light cluster.
Remove 3 cable ties from rear frame.
[US] Disconnect hose from fuel-evaporation
control valve.
Use strap to suspend the rear frame to
crane, BMW No. 46 5 640.
Remove lower fasteners securing rear frame to
main frame.
Remove upper fasteners securing the rear frame
to the main frame and carefully remove the rear
frame complete with the tank.
•
•
•
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
When installing the rear frame, make sure that all
lines and hoses are routed at the top of the tank.
Clean the tapped bore in the frame and the
threads of the bottom rear frame securing screw,
coat threads with Loctite 2701 and install the
screw.
L
Note:
Make sure that the rear light and brake light are correctly connected.
4
3
5
2
K14160060
1
K14160020
•
Make sure that fuel feed hose (1) and fuel return
hose (2) are correctly routed.
d
Warning:
Do not use a screw-type hose clamp to secure fuel
feed hose (1). It could damage the hose and result
in a fire hazard.
•
Close hose clamps with
pliers, BMW No. 13 1 500.
Colours of the wires in the housing for tail light/
brake light
3. blue/black
4. green/red
5. brown
X
Tightening torque:
Clamp for silencer ........................................ 55 Nm
Silencer to rear frame................................... 41 Nm
Brake fluid reservoir, rear brake
to rear frame .................................................. 4 Nm
Rear frame to main frame
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)........................ 24 Nm
46.17
1
2
K14460130
46 51 120 Removing
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
frame
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove the battery (a 00.20).
Remove throttle stub pipe (a 13.9).
Remove covers of connectors, left and right
(a 46.9).
Remove radiator (a 17.12).
Remove engine (a 11.23).
Remove the rear frame (a 46.16).
Remove fuel filter.
Remove rear brake lines (a 34.19).
46.18
•
•
•
•
•
Remove fastener securing shock absorber at
top.
Remove the fastener (1) securing the angled lever.
Remove pivot pin (2) of swinging arm.
Remove swinging arm with shock absorber and
rear wheel.
Remove the left and right footrests.
•
•
–
•
Remove
Remove
Remove
Remove
cable ties at pressure modulator.
brake cylinder with footbrake lever.
pressure modulator (a 34.17).
the battery holder.
4
5
6
1
K14610090
•
Disconnect plugs for ignition switch (4), brakelight switch (5) and right multi-function switch (6).
K14160190
•
Remove brake-light switch (1).
7
2
8
3
K14320030
•
K14160210
•
•
•
–
Disconnect front brake lines from distributor (3).
Remove fastener (2) for distributor.
If necessary, disconnect the oil return line from
the frame.
Remove windscreen, windscreen holder and instrument cover.
Disconnect plugs for clutch switch (8) and left
multi-function switch (7).
9
K14610080
•
•
•
Disconnect plug for hazard warning flashers (9).
Remove headlight.
Disconnect plugs from instrument cluster and
pass them through to the rear.
46.19
X
K14160230
7
K14160200
•
•
•
•
–
–
•
Disconnect crankcase breather (7) from the
frame.
Disconnect all cable ties for the wiring harness
from the frame and the fairing bracket.
Remove wiring harness, control-unit holder and
relay carrier.
Suspend frame from crane, BMW No. 46 5 640.
Remove telescopic fork (a 31.6).
Remove the auxiliary stand.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
L
Note:
After installing the rear swinging arm, do not fully
tighten the stud in the swinging-fork pivot until the
engine is installed.
•
•
When installing the oil return line, note
stop (arrow).
Adjust the footbrake light switch after installation
(a 34.14).
46.20
Tightening torque:
Brake fluid reservoir, footbrake
to rear frame .................................................. 4 Nm
Rear frame to main frame at bottom
(clean thread + Loctite 2701)........................ 24 Nm
Drain plug, water pump ................................ 10 Nm
Oil drain plug, engine ................................... 40 Nm
Exhaust elbow to cylinder head.................... 20 Nm
Silencer to exhaust elbow ............................ 55 Nm
Cable cover to engine .................................... 9 Nm
Belt sprocket to mainshaft
(clean thread + Loctite 638)........................ 180 Nm
Sprocket cover to engine ............................... 2 Nm
Ground terminal to engine block .................... 8 Nm
Cable for neutral indicator .............................. 1 Nm
Engine shell to bracing tube ......................... 25 Nm
Engine shell to engine at bottom with truss .. 55 Nm
Side-stand truss to main frame .................... 50 Nm
Radiator to main frame at top......................... 9 Nm
Swinging-arm pivot shaft............................ 100 Nm
Frame to engine at rear ................................ 50 Nm
Gearshift lever to frame ................................ 21 Nm
Footbrake lever to frame .............................. 21 Nm
Cylinder head to frame ................................. 41 Nm
Cylinder head to frame, adjusting sleeve
...............................................zero play max. 5 Nm
Cylinder head to frame, locknut.................. 100 Nm
Angled lever to frame
Initial torque ................................................. 58 Nm
Additional angle of rotation....................... 45° ± 15°
Removing and installing left and
right footrests
46 71
46 71 176
Removing and installing rear
footrest
1
2
1
2
3
4
3
5
K14460260
K14460240
•
Remove keeper (3).
e Attention:
Note spring loading.
•
•
Remove pin (1), remove spring (2) and footrest.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
•
•
Remove keeper (2).
Release pin (1).
e
Attention:
Note that ball is spring-loaded.
•
•
Remove footrest with locking plate (5), ball (4)
and spring (3).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Footrest pad to rear footrest .......................... 5 Nm
46.21
46 51 125 Removing
and installing side
stand truss
46 53 000 Removing
and installing side
stand
1
2
1
3
4
6
2
5
K14460250
–
–
•
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove exhaust system (a 18.5).
Remove cable cover on left-hand side of engine
block.
Disconnect plug of side-stand switch.
Release fasteners (1, 2).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Side-stand truss to frame ............................. 50 Nm
Engine shell to engine at bottom with truss .. 50 Nm
Exhaust elbow to cylinder head.................... 20 Nm
Clamp of silencer to exhaust elbow.............. 55 Nm
Silencer to rear frame ................................... 41 Nm
K14460340
e Attention:
Note spring loading.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Use hook, BMW No. 46 5 721, to disengage
springs (3). Remove plate (6) with the springs.
Remove keeper (1).
Remove switch (2).
Remove screw (5).
Remove stand (4).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
e
Attention:
Install screw with Loctite 243.
Lubricant:
for bearing bushing ........... Staburags NBU 30 PTM
X
Tightening torque:
Side stand to bottom truss........................... 41 Nm
46.22
2
3
46 51 040
1
Measuring wheel track off-
set
•
•
Place the motorcycle on a level surface on auxiliary stand, BMW No. 00 1 620.
Place track alignment gauge,
BMW No. 36 3 920, against the left or right side
of the motorcycle.
L Note:
In order to use the track alignment gauge on either
the left or right side, simply screw the supports in on
the other side.
•
•
•
•
•
K14460280
•
Calculate wheel track offset “S”.
Wheel track offset “S” is the distance to left or right
of the longitudinal axis of the rear wheel from that of
the front wheel.
Track offset (S): ............................0 mm (no offset)
Permissible wheel track offset (S):
.......................... ± 6 mm (0.236 in); datum is 0 mm
L
Note:
Key to measurement result:
Negative sign = wheel track offset to left
Positive sign = wheel track offset to right
Adjust supports (1) so that the track alignment
gauge, BMW No. 36 3 920, is installed as high
as possible and align it horizontally.
Adjust measuring stops (arrows) until they contact the rim - not the tyre.
Attach hook (2) to wheel spoke and secure
gauge firmly to the wheel.
Align front wheel parallel with the gauge.
Measure distance between outer edge of gauge
and wheel rim, using depth gauge (3) or ruler,
and make a note of the distance.
46.23
Measurement record, wheel track offset
Front wheel
Example
Distance A
_______ mm
Distance A
98.5 mm (3.858 in)
+ ½ rim
_______ mm
+ ½ rim
41.4 mm (1.63 in)
= Front
_______ mm
= Front
139.9 mm (5.508 in)
Rear
_______ mm
Rear
139.3 mm (5.484 in)
- Front
_______ mm
- Front
139.9 mm (5.508 in)
=S
_______ mm
=S
- 0.6 mm (-0.024 in)
Distance 90.0 mm (3.543 in)
Distance
90.0 mm (3.543 in)
+ ½ rim
_______ mm
+ ½ rim
49.3 mm (1.941 in)
= Rear
_______ mm
= Rear
139.3 mm (5.484 in)
Rear wheel
Key to measurement result:
Wheel track offset “S” is the distance to left or right
of the longitudinal axis of the rear wheel from that of
the front wheel.
Negative sign = wheel track offset to left
Positive sign = wheel track offset to right
Permissible wheel track offset (S):
.......................... ± 6 mm (0.236 in); datum is 0 mm
Measured wheel track offset (S):
________________mm
46.24
46 5 614
46 5 616
46 5 613
46 5 608
46 5 615
46 5 605
K14460050
Checking frame with gauge
2
L Note:
In the event of an accident or fall, the frame can be
subjected to much higher forces than are ever encountered during normal operation. If this situation
has occurred, and no changes to the frame can be
detected with the naked eye, the frame can be
checked with frame alignment test
gauge, BMW No. 46 5 600, and adapters suitable
for the specific motorcycle model.
–
•
Note left and right measuring discs.
Arrow on measuring disc must face in forward direction of travel.
•
3
Remove telescopic fork.
Remove upper taper roller bearing from steering
head.
L Note:
•
1
Mount measuring discs, BMW No. 46 5 613,
with adapter, BMW No. 46 5 616, on hex heads
of swinging-arm pivot shaftat left and right.
Align sighting cross so that it is vertical.
K14460300
•
•
•
Insert adapter (1), BMW No. 46 5 615, into main
frame (2) on the inside.
Press together adapter and basic frame and
gently tighten cap screws (3) on outside of
adapter.
Place frame gauge with taper
adapter, BMW No. 46 5 608, against the steering head from below. Using steering-head
pin, BMW No. 46 5 614, clamp the gauge and
the frame together.
46.25
F460270
•
Lightly grease the measuring
pins, BMW No. 46 5 602, and insert them into
the holes in the adapters.
L Note:
Refer to the latest BMW Motorcycle Service Information for information on tolerances.
•
Align gauge in such a way that, when measuring
tips make gentle contact with the measuring
discs, the same value appears on the left and
right sides of the measuring drift scale.
e
Attention:
The frame will have to be replaced if the difference
is out of tolerance.
46.26
51
51 Equipment
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Removing and installing ignition switch/steering lock
Removing and installing lock barrel
...........................................5
........................................................................................6
Removing and installing lock for rear stowage compartment
Removing and installing lock barrel for fuel tank filler cap
Replacing mirrors
............................7
..................................7
.........................................................................................................................8
51.1
51.2
51
Technical Data 51 Equipment
F 650 CS
51.3
51.4
Removing and installing ignition switch/steering lock
51 25 040
–
–
–
4
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove right cover insert.
Remove cover of connector, right (a 46.9).
e Attention:
Cover or mask off the instrument cluster and trim to
prevent scratches.
K14610090
1
•
•
•
Disconnect plug for ignition lock (4).
Remove the cable complete with the plug.
Remove the upper fork bridge complete with the
ignition lock.
2
K14510070
•
•
•
•
Remove cover for hazard warning flasher switch (1).
Remove clamp blocks (2).
Remove the handlebars and place them in front
of the instrument cluster.
Remove cap (BMW badge).
3
K14510080
•
•
•
Remove hex screw (3).
Slacken 3 clamp screws (arrows) at upper fork
bridge.
Cut through cable ties.
51.5
Removing and installing lock barrel
8
5
–
6
•
•
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove cover for hazard warning flasher switch.
Turn the handlebars to the left.
Turn the ignition key to the ON position.
7
8
K14510090
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove securing screws (5) and remove ignition
switch (8).
Using a 5 mm bit, drill at least 6 mm (0.236 in)
into the non-removable screws (9).
Using an 8 mm bit, drill at least 5 mm (0,197 in)
into the non-removable screws.
Break off the heads of the non-removable
screws.
Remove the ignition lock (6) from the fork bridge.
Remove the shanks of the non-removable
screws.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Tighten the non-removable screws with socket
wrench insert, BMW No. 51 0 530.
d
Warning:
Begin by tightening the front securing screws (as
viewed in the forward direction of travel) of the clamp
blocks, then tighten the rear securing screws.
X
Tightening torque:
Ignition/steering lock to fork bridge .............. 20 Nm
Clamp screws, fork bridge ........................... 23 Nm
Handlebars to fork bridge............................. 23 Nm
51.6
K14510040
•
•
Press in the safety catch by inserting a suitable
tool through the opening (arrow), e.g. a piece of
wire.
Pull the lock barrel out with the ignition key.
Removing and installing lock for
rear stowage compartment
51 25 030
–
L Note:
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove rear mudguard (a 46.11).
Removing and installing lock
barrel for fuel tank filler cap
Make sure that screws do not fall into fuel tank: cover fuel tank filler neck with cloth.
•
•
1
Open the fuel filler cap.
Remove the bottom part of the filler cap.
1
2
1
K14510100
•
•
Release 4 fasteners (1).
Disengage throttle cable.
K14510010
•
•
2
Remove spring (1).
Remove cap (2).
3
3
K14510050
•
•
•
•
•
Use a punch of suitable diameter to drive out
pin (2).
Remove latch (3).
Press out the lock.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Make sure cap is installed correctly.
X
Tightening torque:
Holder for lock cylinder to rear frame ............. 3 Nm
Rear mudguard to rear frame ......................... 3 Nm
E510030
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Insert key in lock barrel and press down on
retainer (3).
Pull out lock barrel with key.
Grease the new lock barrel with Optimoly MP 3.
Insert the lock barrel with the key.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Make sure cap is positioned correctly.
Spring must engage in groove.
51.7
51 16 042 Replacing
mirrors
4
K14510020
•
•
•
Slacken nut (4).
Remove the mirror.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Mirror to handlebar fitting ............................. 18 Nm
51.8
61
61 General electrical equipment
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Wiring harness
View from left
...............................................................................................................................5
....................................................................................................................................5
View from right
.................................................................................................................................6
Component positions in electronic equipment box
Relay positions in electronic equipment box
Connectors, electronics box
..................................................7
......................................................................7
......................................................................................................7
Removing and installing battery (a 00.20)
......................................................................7
Removing and installing battery carrier (a 34.17)
.......................................................7
Replacing fuses
.............................................................................................................................7
Motorcycle fuses
.............................................................................................................................7
Fuses
....................................................................................................................................................7
Removing and installing holder for BMS control unit
..............................................8
Removing and installing coolant-temperature sensor (a 17.10)
Removing and installing side stand switch
...................................................................8
Removing and installing rear-brake switch for brake light
Removing and installing front-brake switch for brake light
Removing and installing horn
..........................8
...................................9
..................................9
..............................................................................................10
Removing and installing neutral-indicator switch
...................................................10
Removing and installing front/rear ABS sensors (a 34.15)/(a 34.16)
Removing and installing voltage regulator
............... 10
................................................................... 11
Removing and installing switch for hazard warning flashers
............................ 11
61.1
61.2
61
Technical Data 61 Electrical equipment
F 650 CS
Battery
Voltage
Rated capacity
V 12
A/h 12
Cold-test current
A 80
Fuses
A 7.5; 10; 15; 20
61.3
61.4
Wiring harness
View from left
K14619010
61.5
View from right
K14619020
61.6
Component positions in electronic
equipment box
Relay positions in electronic equipment box
Removing and installing battery (a 00.20)
61 21 010
Removing and installing battery carrier (a 34.17)
61 21 100
Replacing fuses
1
2
3
–
4
•
•
5
6
K14610110
Starter relay
Hazard warning flasher relay
Flasher relay
Diode
Relief relay
BMS relay
Flasher unit
1
3
2
4
Connectors, electronics box
8
12
13
Remove seat.
Open the cover of the fuse box.
Replace the defective fuse.
Fuses
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Motorcycle fuses
E610100
1. BMS Compact ........................................... 20
2. Light, horn, number-plate light ................... 15
3. Brake light/side light, turn indicator,
[OE] heated handlebar grips ...................... 10
4. [OE] Hazard warning flashers.................... 7.5
11
10
A
A
A
A
9
K14610120
8. Brake light switch
9. Plug, auxiliary wiring harness
10.Multi-function switch, right
11.Ignition light switch
12.Clutch switch
13.Multi-function switch, left
61.7
61 13 011 Removing
and installing
holder for BMS control unit
61 31 302
–
–
–
•
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove the BMS control unit.
Disconnect the plug.
Removing and installing side
stand switch
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
1
2
K14120020
K14610060
•
•
•
•
•
•
Push the holder up and out of its front mounting
points.
Pull the electronic equipment box toward the
rear and off the pin on the frame.
Open the cable ties.
Disconnect plugs on holder at left and right.
Remove the holder.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
•
•
•
•
Remove cable cover (2) from engine block.
Disconnect side-stand switch plug (1) and unclip
the plug.
Open the cable ties.
Disconnect plug of oxygen sensor.
1
2
X
Tightening torque:
Stowage-compartment frame to main frame .. 9 Nm
Fuel filter to stowage-compartment frame ...... 9 Nm
Left and right covers to main frame ................ 2 Nm
Left and right covers to air duct...................... 3 Nm
Left and right covers to cover, front................ 1 Nm
Cover, front, to main frame............................. 2 Nm
Cover, rear, to left and right covers and
stowage-compartment frame ......................... 2 Nm
Left and right turn indicators to fairing bracket 3 Nm
Stowage-compartment rail to stowage-compartment frame ..................................................... 9 Nm
61 31 906 Removing
and installing
coolant-temperature sensor
(a 17.10)
61.8
K14460340
•
•
•
Remove keeper (1).
Remove switch (2).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Cable cover to engine block........................... 9 Nm
61 31 310
Removing and installing
rear-brake switch for brake light
61 31 300
–
–
Remove seat.
Removing and installing
front-brake switch for brake light
–
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove insert from right cover.
Remove cover of connector, right (a 46.9).
3
1
K14160030
•
•
–
•
•
Disconnect the brake light switch plug (3) for the
rear brake.
Disengage cable from ABS holder.
Raise rear frame (a 46.15).
Remove the cable from the holders on the frame.
Cut the cable tie for the switch cable at the brake
line.
E610070
•
•
Remove brake light switch (1).
Open the cable ties.
2
K14610070
E610060
•
•
Remove the fastener securing the brake-light
switch to the frame (arrow).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
•
•
Disconnect plug of brake light switch (2).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Brake-light switch to handlebar fitting ............ 3 Nm
L Note:
Adjust blow-by clearance after installing the brakelight switch (a 34.14).
X
Tightening torque:
Brake-light switch for rear brake to frame....... 5 Nm
61.9
61 33 000 Removing
–
and installing horn
Remove front mudguard (a 46.11).
Removing and installing neutral-indicator switch
61 31 227
–
New photo
Remove cover for belt drive sprocket.
3
4 Lift the horn up to remove!!!
3
K14610100
K14610050
•
•
•
Disconnect plug for horn (4).
Remove fastener securing horn (3).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Horn to fork bridge, bottom
(clean thread + Loctite 243).......................... 18 Nm
•
•
•
•
Remove fastener securing cable to neutral-indicator switch.
Remove neutral switch (3).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
Clean the threads of the neutral-indicator switch
and coat with Loctite 243.
X
Tightening torque:
Switch, neutral indicator
(clean thread + Loctite 243)............................ 3 Nm
Cable to neutral-indicator switch.................... 1 Nm
Removing and installing front/rear
ABS sensors (a 34.15)/(a 34.16)
61.10
Removing and installing
voltage regulator
12 32 000
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove cable cover on right-hand side of engine block.
Disconnect the plug of the ignition trigger.
Disconnect the plug of the stator.
Open two cable ties.
Unclip plug of oxygen sensor from holder on engine shell.
Remove lead for oxygen sensor and cable for
side-stand switch from clip at bottom left of engine shell.
Remove fasteners securing engine shell to top
tube and engine.
Remove voltage regulator from engine shell.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X
Tightening torque:
Voltage regulator to engine shell .................... 9
Engine shell to top tube ............................... 25
Engine shell to engine .................................. 50
Cable cover to engine block........................... 9
K14320040
•
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Disengage the cable tie at the frame
head (arrow).
2
Removing and installing switch for
hazard warning flashers
•
•
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove insert from left cover.
Remove cover of connector, left (a 46.9).
K14610080
•
•
•
Disconnect plug of hazard warning flashers
switch (2).
Remove switch for hazard warning flashers.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1
K14310110
•
•
From below, unclip switch (1) from hazard warning flashers from the insert.
Open the cable ties.
61.11
62
62 Instruments
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Telltale/warning lights
...............................................................................................................5
Removing and installing instrument panel
Replacing telltale/warning lights
.....................................................................6
.........................................................................................6
Disassembling and assembling instrument cluster
.........................................................6
Removing and installing wiring harness ................................................................................7
62.1
62.2
62
Technical Data 62 Instruments
F 650 CS
Instrument cluster
Speedometer type
Electronic
Rev. counter type
Electronic
Turn-indicator cancellation
Manual
Instrument lighting
W 5/1.2 - 12 V 1.2 W
Telltale and warning lights
Flashing turn indicator
W 5/1.2 - 12 V 1.2 W
High (main) beam headlight
W 5/1.2 - 12 V 1.2 W
Neutral
W 5/1.2 - 12 V 1.2 W
Oil pressure
W 5/1.2 - 12 V 1.2 W
Water temperature
W 5/1.2 - 12 V 1.2 W
Fuel gauge
W 5/1.2 - 12 V 1.2 W
ABS warning lights
W 5/1.2 - 12 V 1.2 W
62.3
62.4
4
1
2
3
7
6
5
8
9
E620050
Telltale/warning lights
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Water temperature
Oil pressure
Neutral
High (main) beam headlight
Fuel gauge
ABS
Flashing turn indicator
Speedometer lighting
Revolution counter lighting
62.5
62 11 200 Removing
and installing in-
Replacing telltale/warning lights
strument panel
–
–
–
Remove instrument panel.
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove instrument cover (a 46.8).
3
2
E620040
1
K14620010
•
•
•
•
Disconnect the plug for the warning lights (1).
Pull off the rubber boot (2) and disconnect the
plug.
Remove the latches (arrows) and remove the instrument cluster.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
•
•
•
Remove rubber grommet (3).
Pull the indicator light out of the socket.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Disassembling and assembling instrument cluster
62 11 630
–
•
•
Remove instrument panel.
Remove 3 securing screws from the transparent
instrument cover and remove the cover.
Remove the bezel.
4
K14620020
•
62.6
Remove the securing screws (arrows) and remove the cover (4).
1
E620030
•
•
•
Remove the 3 securing screws (1) from the rear
of the housing.
Press back the 4 snap locks (arrows) on the plug
housing and press out the instrument panel.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Removing and installing wiring harness
–
Remove instrument panel (a 62.6).
2
3
E620051
•
•
•
Pull out the warning lights (2) with the rubber
grommets.
Disconnect the wiring harness (3).
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
62.7
63
63 Lights
Contents
Page
Technical Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Removing and installing headlight
.....................................................................................5
Removing and installing rear light
......................................................................................6
Removing and installing number-plate light
Replacing bulbs
..................................................................6
............................................................................................................................7
Bulb for low-beam headlight/high-beam headlight ..........................................................7
Bulb, parking light
...........................................................................................................................7
Flashing turn indicator
Rear lights
..................................................................................................................8
..........................................................................................................................................8
Bulb for number-plate light
.........................................................................................................8
Checking and adjusting headlight beam throw
...........................................................8
Vertical adjustment
.........................................................................................................................8
Lateral adjustment
..........................................................................................................................8
63.1
63.2
63
Technical Data 63 Lights
F 650 CS
Headlight type
Twin ellipsoid headlights
Bulbs
Low (dipped) beam headlight
H3 halogen bulb 12 V 55 W
High (main) beam headlight
H1 halogen bulb 12 V 55 W
Parking light
12 V 5 W
Rear/brake light
12 V 5/21 W
Standard designation P 21/5 W
Flashing turn indicator
12 V 10 W
Type P 25-1
Number plate light
Halogen bulb 12 V/6 W
63.3
63.4
Removing and installing
headlight
63 12 090
–
–
Place the motorcycle on the auxiliary stand,
BMW No. 00 1 620.
Remove instrument cover (a 46.8).
4
2
3
5
K14630030
1
K14630010
•
Remove fasteners of headlight surround (1) and
remove the headlight surround from the clip
fittings (arrows).
Cable colours of the contacts for low-beam and
high-beam headlights
2. brown
3. yellow
4. brown
5. white
e Attention:
Route the cables as shown (arrows).
K14630020
•
•
•
•
Remove fasteners for cable headlight
housing (arrows).
Pull bulb holder for side light out of the headlight
housing by the cable.
Disconnect the plugs for low-beam headlight
and high-beam headlight.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
K14630080
e Attention:
Cable penetrations in the caps (arrows) must point
down.
X
Tightening torque:
Windscreen to windscreen holder .................. 2 Nm
Instrument cover to
fairing bracket ................................................ 2 Nm
Headlight housing to
fairing bracket ................................................ 7 Nm
63.5
63 21 380 Removing
and installing rear
light
–
•
Removing and installing numberplate light
Remove right and left rear trim panels (a 46.13).
Disconnect the plugs of the rear light.
1
K14630090
K14630040
•
•
•
Remove retaining washer (1).
Remove the fasteners for the rear light (arrows)
and remove the rear light.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
•
•
•
Remove fasteners for number-plate light (arrows)
and lift out number-plate light.
Disconnect plugs.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
6
2
3
4
5
K14630100
K14630050
Colours of the wires in the housing for tail light/
brake light
2. blue/black
3. brown
4. green/red
X
Tightening torque:
Rear light to rear frame................................... 9 Nm
63.6
Cable colours of the contacts for the numberplate light
5. green
6. brown
X
Tightening torque:
Number-plate light to number-plate carrier .... 1 Nm
Replacing bulbs
Cable colours of the contacts for low-beam and
high-beam headlights (a 63.5)
e Attention:
Always switch off the ignition before changing bulbs.
L
Note:
Do not touch inside of reflector and glass of bulbs
with bare hands.
Bulb for low-beam headlight/
high-beam headlight
63 12 241
•
Remove caps.
K14630080
e Attention:
Cable penetrations in the caps (arrows) must point
down.
63 99 161
1
–
Bulb, parking light
Place motorcycle on its centre stand.
2
K14630030
3
•
Disconnect plug.
Bulb for low-beam headlight
• Press bow (1) forward and disengage it from the
hook.
Bulb for high-beam headlight
• Press bow (2) forward and disengage it from the
hook.
• Remove the bulb.
• Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, pay particular attention to the following.
e
Attention:
Route the cables as shown (arrows).
K14630080
•
•
•
Pull bulb socket (3) out of the headlight housing
by the cable.
Remove bulb from its socket
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
63.7
63 99 271 Flashing
•
•
•
Remove turn-indicator cover.
Press the bulb to the rear and turn it counterclockwise to release.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
63 99 381 Rear
•
•
•
•
lights
Remove rear-light lens.
Press the bulb to the rear and turn it counterclockwise to release.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
63 99 399 Bulb
–
turn indicator
for number-plate light
Remove the number plate light.
Lift the rubber cap, press the bulb in and turn it
counter-clockwise to disengage.
E630040
Setting for headlight beam adjuster
X .......10 cm (3.93 in) over a distance of 10 m (32.81 ft)
Lateral adjustment
63 10 004 Checking and adjusting
headlight beam throw
Vertical adjustment
•
Rider’s weight on motorcycle (75 kg/165 lbs).
2
K14630060
1
•
K14630060
•
Manually adjust the headlight throw by turning
adjusting screw (1).
63.8
Adjust lateral throw by turning screws (2), if necessary.